Post on 10-May-2020
WB Loans Hunan Integrated Economic
Development of Small Towns Project
Yueshan Waste Water Treatment
Plan
Environmental Impact Assessment
(EIA)
Consigned by: WB Loan Project Management Office of Hunan
Provincial Development and Reform Commission
Compiled by: Changsha Environmental Protection Career
Technical College
December, 2011
Pub
lic D
iscl
osur
e A
utho
rized
Pub
lic D
iscl
osur
e A
utho
rized
Pub
lic D
iscl
osur
e A
utho
rized
Pub
lic D
iscl
osur
e A
utho
rized
Pub
lic D
iscl
osur
e A
utho
rized
Pub
lic D
iscl
osur
e A
utho
rized
Pub
lic D
iscl
osur
e A
utho
rized
Pub
lic D
iscl
osur
e A
utho
rized
Table of Contents
1 GENERAL ....................................................................................................5
1.1 General Background of the Project ................................................................................. 5
1.1.1 Origin of the Project ...................................................................................................... 5
1.1.2 Significance of the Project Construction....................................................................... 6
1.1.3 Target of the Project...................................................................................................... 7
1.1.4 Contribution of the WB.................................................................................................. 7
1.1.5 Organizational Structure of the Project......................................................................... 8
1.2 Overview of EIA Report..................................................................................................... 9
1.2.1 Purpose of Assessment ................................................................................................ 9
1.2.2 Type of EIA ................................................................................................................... 9
1.2.3 Preparation of the Environomental Impact Report ..................................................... 10
1.2.4 Keys of Assessment ................................................................................................... 10
1.3 Grading, Scope and Periods of the Assessment and Target of Environmental
Protection (Sensitive Points).................................................................................................11
1.3.1 Grading and Scope of the Assessment .......................................................................11
1.3.2 Periods of the Environmental Assessment ................................................................. 13
1.3.3 Target of Environmental Protection (Sensitive Points) ............................................... 13
1.4 Environmental impact Factors and Assessment Factors ........................................... 15
1.4.1 Identification of Environmental impact Factors........................................................... 15
1.4.2 Environmental Impact and Selection of Assessment Factors .................................... 17
2 Policies, Laws and Regulations and Administration Framework.........21
2.1 Environmental Policies, Laws and Regulations........................................................... 21
2.1.1 Overview..................................................................................................................... 21
2.1.2 Laws and Regulations on Environmental Protection.................................................. 21
2.1.3 Regulations and Requirements and Local Laws in Relation with Environmental
protection ............................................................................................................................. 22
2.1.4 Technical Guidelines for Environmental Impact Assessment and the Provisions ...... 23
2.1.5 Environment Quality Standards .................................................................................. 23
2.1.6 Pollutant Discharge or Emission Standards ............................................................... 24
2.1.7 Safeguard Policies of WB........................................................................................... 24
2.1.8 Documents Related to the Project .............................................................................. 25
2.2 Environment Administration Organizations and Functions ....................................... 25
3 Description and Analysis of the Project .................................................28
II
3.1 Project Name and Composition ..................................................................................... 28
3.2 Construction Proposal of the Project............................................................................ 29
3.2.1 Construction Content and Scale................................................................................. 29
3.2.2 Main Equipment of the Project ................................................................................... 31
3.2.3 Technological Introduction .......................................................................................... 33
3.2.4 General Layout of Plant Site....................................................................................... 38
3.2.5 Service Scope and Wastewater Discharge Forecast ................................................. 40
3.2.6 Designed Inflow and Outflow Water Quality ............................................................... 47
3.3 Pipe Network and Pumping Stations............................................................................. 48
3.4 Analysis of the Pollution Sources of the Project ......................................................... 49
3.5 Associated Works with the Project................................................................................ 50
3.6 Project Investment Estimate .......................................................................................... 50
3.7 Schedule of the Project Implementation Progress ...................................................... 52
3.7.1 Construction Period .................................................................................................... 52
3.7.2 Scheduling .................................................................................................................. 53
4 Profile of the Project Location Environment ..........................................55
4.1 Natural Environment Profile ........................................................................................... 55
4.1.1 Geographic Location and Traffic................................................................................. 55
4.1.2 Geological Features.................................................................................................... 55
4.1.3 Weather and Climate .................................................................................................. 55
4.1.4 Hydrology.................................................................................................................... 55
4.1.5 Ecological Environment .............................................................................................. 56
4.2 Social Environment Profile............................................................................................. 57
4.2.1 Administrative Division................................................................................................ 57
4.2.2 Economic Status ......................................................................................................... 57
4.2.3 Infrastructure............................................................................................................... 58
4.3 Status Quo of Quality of the Project Area Environment.............................................. 58
4.3.1 Atmospheric Environment........................................................................................... 58
4.3.2 Environment of Surface Water.................................................................................... 60
4.3.3 Acoustic Environment ................................................................................................. 62
4.4 Basic Information for Major Concern on Safeguard Policies of the WB ................... 63
5 Environmental Impact Assessment ........................................................64
5.1 Analysis on Impact of the Project to Human Health .................................................... 64
5.1.1 Environmental Benefits Brought by Implementation of the Project ............................ 64
III
5.1.2 Analysis on Impact to Human Health.......................................................................... 65
5.2 Analysis on Impact to Environment in Construction Period ...................................... 65
5.2.1 Analysis on Dust Pollution Source and Environmental Impact................................... 65
5.2.2 Analysis on Impact of Construction Wastewater ........................................................ 66
5.2.3 Analysis on Impact of Noise........................................................................................ 68
5.2.4 Analysis on Impact of Solid Waste.............................................................................. 69
5.2.5 Impact Analysis of Water Loss and Soil Erosion ........................................................ 70
5.2.6 Ecological Impact Analysis ......................................................................................... 71
5.2.7 Impact on the Traffic ................................................................................................... 72
5.2.8 Health and Safety Impact ........................................................................................... 73
5.3 Analysis on Impact on the Environment during the Operation Period ...................... 73
5.3.1 Impact of the Project on Water Conditions ................................................................. 73
5.3.2 Solid Waste................................................................................................................. 82
5.3.3 Impact on Air Quality................................................................................................... 89
5.3.4 Impact on the Acoustic Environment .......................................................................... 90
6 Countermeasures .....................................................................................92
6.1 Countermeasures during the Construction Period ..................................................... 92
6.1.1 Waste Gas .................................................................................................................. 92
6.1.2 Noise........................................................................................................................... 93
6.1.3 Wastewater ................................................................................................................. 94
6.1.4 Solid Waste................................................................................................................. 95
6.1.5 Ecological Environment .............................................................................................. 95
6.1.6 Social Environment..................................................................................................... 96
6.2 Countermeasures during the Operating Period ........................................................... 97
6.2.1 Waste Gas .................................................................................................................. 97
6.2.2 Wastewater ................................................................................................................. 98
6.2.3 Noise........................................................................................................................... 99
6.2.4 Solid Waste................................................................................................................. 99
6.2.5 Ecological Environment ............................................................................................ 101
7 Environmental Risk Analysis and Mitigation Measures ......................103
7.1 Environmental Risk Identification................................................................................ 103
7.2 Impact Analysis on Potential Environmental Risk Accidents of the WWTP............ 103
7.2.1 Sudden Accidents ..................................................................................................... 103
7.2.2 Equipment Failure..................................................................................................... 103
7.2.3 Inflow Water Quality Impact ...................................................................................... 104
7.2.4 Risk Accidents during Normal Operation.................................................................. 104
7.3 Risk Mitigation Measures ............................................................................................. 105
IV
7.3.1 Equipment Security Measures.................................................................................. 105
7.3.2 Protection of Abnormal Wastewater Discharge ........................................................ 106
7.3.3 Emergency Measures for Sudden Waste Water Discharge Risk Accident .............. 108
7.3.4 Staff Personal Security Measures............................................................................. 108
7.3.5 Protective Measures for the Impact of Sludge Discharge on Environment .............. 109
7.3.6 Preventive Measures for the Impact of Flood to the WWTP .....................................110
7.4 Emergency Authorities and Assignment of Responsibilities of the WWTP.............110
8 Comparison and Selection of Alternative Proposals...........................112
8.1 Comparison and analysis of Zero Proposal ................................................................112
8.2 Comparison and analysis of Pipe Network Proposals ...............................................113
8.2.1 Principles for Determining the Pipe Network Proposal..............................................113
8.2.2 Wastewater Pipe Network Proposal of the Project....................................................114
8.3 Comparison and analysis of the WWTP Site ....................................................................
................................................................................................................................................114
8.3.1 Principles for Site Selection .......................................................................................114
8.3.2 Proposal for Site Selection ........................................................................................115
8.3.3 Comparison and Determination of the Site Selection Proposals...............................115
8.4 Comparison and analysis of Wastewater Treatment Process Proposals.................119
8.4.1 Selection Criterion of Wastewater Treatment Process ..............................................119
8.4.2 Wastewater Treatment Process Proposal .................................................................119
8.4.3 Comparison and Determination of Process Proposals............................................. 127
8.5 Comparison and Analysis of Disinfection Proposals................................................ 129
8.5.1 Brief Introduction to Disinfection Methods ................................................................ 130
8.5.2 Comparison and Determination of Disinfection Methods ......................................... 131
8.6 Selection and Comparison of Sludge Treatment Proposals..................................... 132
8.6.1 Comparison and Determination of Wastewater Treatment Processes..................... 132
8.6.2 Comparison and Determination of Sludge Treatment Processes ............................ 134
9 Analysis of Gains and Losses of Environment and Economy ...........137
9.1 Environmental Benefit................................................................................................... 137
9.1.1 Pollutant Load Cut .................................................................................................... 137
9.1.2 Improved Water Quality ............................................................................................ 137
9.1.3 Improvement Benefit of Environmental Management Capability ............................. 137
9.1.4 Provision of Good Environmental Conditions for Regional Social and Economic
Development...................................................................................................................... 137
9.2 Social Benefits ............................................................................................................... 138
V
9.2.1 Improvement of Healthy Level of Domestic Citizens and Living Quality in the River
Basin .................................................................................................................................. 138
9.2.2 Addition of Employment Chances............................................................................. 138
9.2.3 Improvement of Residents' Environmental Awareness ............................................ 138
9.2.4 Provision of Base Data for Abatement of District Pollution....................................... 139
9.3 Economic Benefits ........................................................................................................ 139
9.3.1 Economic Benefits from Pollution Control ................................................................ 139
9.3.2 Benefits from Revenue Increase .............................................................................. 139
9.4 Conclusions ................................................................................................................... 140
10 Public Participation ..............................................................................141
10.1 Implementation Arrangement..................................................................................... 141
10.2 Survey Results and Discussions of Public Participation........................................ 142
10.3 Information Disclosure ............................................................................................... 146
11 Migration and Social Impacts ..............................................................150
11.1 General Situations ....................................................................................................... 150
11.2 Project Impacts ............................................................................................................ 150
11.3 Law and Policy Framework......................................................................................... 154
11.3.1 Major Law and Policy Criteria ................................................................................. 154
11.3.2 Main principles ........................................................................................................ 156
11.4 Compensation Standard for Land Acquisition ......................................................... 157
11.5 Land Recovery Proposal............................................................................................. 158
11.5.1 Compensation and Arrangement for Permanent Land Acquisition ........................ 158
11.5.2 Recovery of Livelihood of the Farmers Affected By Land Acquisition.................... 159
11.5.3 Resettlement and Recovery of Affected Vulnerable Groups.................................. 159
11.6 Vulnerable Groups ...................................................................................................... 160
11.7 Institutional Arrangement ........................................................................................... 160
11.8 Complaint Settlement Mechanism............................................................................. 161
11.9 Monitoring and Evaluation.......................................................................................... 162
11.9.1 Internal Monitoring .................................................................................................. 162
11.9.2 External Monitoring ................................................................................................. 163
11.10 Financing and Implementation Plans ...................................................................... 165
VI
12 Environment Management Plan...........................................................169
12.1 Environment Management System.................................... Error! Bookmark not defined.
12.1.2 Environmental Protection Organization during the Construction Period ............ Error!
Bookmark not defined.
12.1.3 Environment Management Organization during the Operation Period .................. 177
12.2 Implementation of Environment Management Plan......... Error! Bookmark not defined.
12.2.1 Detailed Tasks of Implementation of Environment Management Plan ............... Error!
Bookmark not defined.
12.2.2 Contract Requirements for Environment Management .......................................... 181
12.2.3 Information Communication and Solution of Unconformities ................................. 182
12.2.4 Training—Necessary Capability Construction and Method Construction............... 183
12.3 Environment Monitoring Plan ............................................ Error! Bookmark not defined.
12.3.1 Monitoring Objective ................................................... Error! Bookmark not defined.
12.3.2 Environment Monitoring Institution ......................................................................... 187
12.3.3 Detailed Environment Monitoring Requirements .................................................... 191
12.4 Environment Management Expenses Estimate and Source of Funds .................. 191
12.4.1 Budget Allocation .................................................................................................... 191
12.4.2 Source of Funds and EMP Budget ......................................................................... 191
12.5 Information Management of Environment Management Plan ................................ 192
12.5.1 Information Communication.................................................................................... 192
12.5.2 Record Mechanism................................................................................................. 192
12.5.3 Report Mechanism.................................................................................................. 193
13 Conclusions of Environmental Assessment ......................................195
List of Appendixes
Appendix 1 Environmental Standards for the Project
Appendix 2 Odor Prediction Model and Results
Appendix 3 Materials Related to Public Participation
Appendix 4 Planning and Detailed Budget of Project Environmental
Monitoring
Appendix 5 Project Associated Works (Environmental Monitoring Plan of
Quanhu Garbage Disposal Plant, Xiangxaing City)
Appendix 6 Summary of Project Environmental Management Plan
List of Figures
Figure 1 Geographic Location of Hunan Province in China
Figure 2 Geographic Location of the Project
Figure 3 Geographic Location of the WWTP
Figure 4 Layout Plan of the Project Area
Figure 5 Pipe Network of the WWTP
Figure 6 Transportation Route Diagram of the Project
2
ABBREVIATIONS
���
CEA Consolidated Environmental Assessment
������
CSE Construction Supervision Engineer
监 监
CSEE Construction Supervision
Environmental Engineer
���������
CSEMP Construction Site Environmental
Management Plan
����������
DI Design Institute
����
EA Environmental Assessment
����
EIA Environmental Impact Assessment
������
EMC Environmental Manager Coordinator
监 监 监监监
EMP Environmental Management and Monitoring
Plan
���������
EMS Environmental Monitoring Station
�����
EPB Environmental Protection Bureau
�����
IA Implementation Agency
������
3
PO Project Owner
����
PMO Project Management Office
�������
PRC The People’s Republic of China
�������
SE Supervision Engineer
�����
WB World Bank
����
WWTP Wastewater Treatment Plant
�����
HNPMO Hunan Project Management Office
��������������
CSEPCTC Changsha Environmental Protection Career Technical College
������������
CURRENCIES & OTHER UNITS
�������
MU Area Unit 1MU�0.0667ha
�����1 ��0.0667ha
RMB Chinese Yuan Renminbi
����
USD United States Dollar
��
Conversion rate 1 USD�6.3RMB
���1 ���6.3����
CHEMICAL ABBREVIATIONS
�����
ABR Anaetobic Bafflted Reactor
4
��������
A²/O Anaerobic-anoxic-oxic biologic phosphorus
& nitrogen
��-��-����������
BOD5 Biochemical Oxygen Demand 5 days
5������
CASS Cyclic Activated Sludge System
监 监
COD Chemical Oxygen Demand
�����
NH3-N Ammonia Nitrogen
��
SBR Sequencing Batch Reactor Processing
������������
SS Suspended Solids
�����
TN Total Nitrogen
��
TP Total Phosphorus
��
TSP Total Suspended Particulates
������
UASB Up-flow Anaerobic Sludge Bed
����������
5
1 General
1.1 General Background of the Project
1.1.1 Origin of the Project
As the social and economic development of Yueshan Town, its urbanization
development is further quickened and the township construction takes on a
new look. However, there are still some problems required to be solved
immediately, including the underdevelopment of township economy, the small
size of economic aggregate, the lagging of township basis and public facilities,
the sluggish flow rate of people and goods, the week effect of attraction, the
rather serious environmental pollution, the shortage of construction funds and
so on. The waste water from production and domestic uses, in particular, are
discharged randomly without previous treatment and directly into surrounding
channels through no discharge pipe, the results of which are rather serious
pollution to waters and the surrounding areas and a huge impact on the life of
the surrounding urban residents and further the gradual degrading of urban
residential environment quality. Therefore, to further promote the healthy
sustainable development of social economy of Yueshan Town, to improve
township residential environment quality and to change the insufficient status
of funds for basic facilities, Yueshan Town decides, according to the purpose
of World Bank (“WB”) Loans “to improve the environment and to keep
sustainable development”, to use the WB loans to quicken the construction of
Hunan Integrated Economic Development Demonstration Town Project and to
practically promote the fast development of social economy of Yueshan Town,
on the base of reality and upon the site survey carried out by the development
and reform departments of the province, the city and the town and by experts.
In December2010, Yueshan Town initially finished a discrimination report of
Integrated Economic Development Demonstration Town Project Utilizing WB
Loans. In January2011, to further quicken the development of the Project, the
People’s Government of Yueshan Town consigned Hunan International
6
Engineering Consulting Center to compile “The Feasibilities Study Report of
Integrated Economic Development Demonstration Town Project Utilizing WB
Loans”. In February2011, an expert team came and made a site survey and,
according to the reality of the Yueshan Town, discussed with the People’s
Government of Yueshan Town, studied and settled down a construction
proposal and the content thereof which is to utilize the WB loans on launching
contraction projects including the construction of a WWTP (WWTP) and the
supporting engineering thereof, the industry development study of a small
town, the administration study of a small town, the personnel training and so
on. Currently, the preparatory work successfully proceeded.
Geographic location of Hunan Province in China is shown in Figure 1, of the
Project in Figure2, and of the WWTP of the Project in Figure 3.
1.1.2 Significance of the Project Construction
The construction and implementation of the Project are full of below
meanings:
(1) The construction of the Project can improve local environment, which is of
benefit to the construction of a livable town.
The construction of the Project will improve the residential environment of
Yueshan Town and complete the basic facilities. The construction of a WWTP
and the supporting engineering thereof will effectively prevent pollutions;
greatly improve people’s living conditions; protect surrounding water sources;
beautify the surrounding environment; construct a more comfortable and
beautiful living environment; improve and raise residential environment;
quicken the construction of a livable town; and lay a better environmental
foundation for quickening urban development.
(2) The construction of the Project is of benefit to improving the livelihood of
the people and optimizing the soft environment necessary for development.
The implementation of the Project is aimed at optimizing regional soft
environment necessary for development and putting forth effort to raise the
livelihood of the people. On the base of the reality of Yueshan Town, via the
7
construction of the WWTP and the supporting engineering thereof, Yueshan
Town will exert its effort to increase the taste of the town, to optimize the soft
environment, to accelerate the continuous strengthening of town functions
and to improve the quality of people’s life so as to further generate a powerful
cohesion and strong driving force, effect and attraction to accelerate related
industry cluster; to boost investment invitation and capital introduction; to
promote regional industrialization, urbanization and agricultural
industrialization; to quicken the steps of pushing regional economic
development and building a better-off society in an all-around way; to drive
economy and all social undertakings to develop in an all-around, healthy and
harmonious way; and to strive for the construction of a modern livable town of
a new type.
1.1.3 Target of the Project
General Target:
The construction of the Project aims at raising the level of urban basic
facilities of Yuehsan Town, strengthening public service function, improving
investment environment, boosting swift economic growth of Yueshan Town
and ensuring people living and working in peace and contentment, so as to
lay a sound foundation for the all-around, harmonious, sustainable and steady
development of social economic environment of Yueshan Town.
Detailed Target:
(1) To reinforce the pollution prevention and environmental protection of
Xinqiaohe River, to implement a complex pollution prevention and reduction
measure through controlling the pollution from the source, to control the
pollution load on the river and to increase the number of people participating
wastewater treatment so as to improve environmental monitoring, monitoring
frequency and the quality; and
(2) To raise the level of urban basic facilities of Yuehsan Town and to
enhance the living standard and the taste of the urban inhabitants, which are
favorable to achieving investment invitation and capital introduction.
8
1.1.4 Contribution of the WB
The WB actively contributes to the improvement of city environmental basic
facilities and the urbanization level. The Project is to utilize the loans and
technical support of the WB of about USD 5,000,000 to build a WWTP in
Yueshan Town, Xiangtan City, Hunan Province. It will increase a wastewater
treatment capacity of 3,000m3/d, and reform and complete the urban
wastewater collection network at the meantime. Via the implementation of the
Project, the basic facilities and environmental conditions of the Project site
can be effectively improved so as to make new contributions to the realization
of the outline target of the “20th five-year plan”.
1.1.5 Organizational Structure of the Project
Please refer to bellow for the Organizational Structure of the Project.
WB The People’s Government of Hunan Province
Provincial Project Leader Team
Provincial PMO
Xiangxiang City PMO
Own
International Engineering
Consulting Center
The People’s Government of Xiangxiang City
Project Team Leader of Xiangxiang City
Remark: a real line shows direct
relationship.
A broken line shows indirect
relationship.
The People’s Government of Yueshan Town
Project Leader Team of Yueshan Town
Yueshan Town PMO
9
Figure 1-1 Sketch Map of the Organizational Structure of the Project
1.2 Overview of EIA Report
1.2.1 Purpose of Assessment
The purpose of the Environmental Impact Assessment (“the EIA”) is to assess
the positive environment influence brought by the implementation of the
Project, to identify, sieve, predict and analyze the possible negative
environmental impacts, to advance effective mitigation measures and
environmental management plans for the major negative environmental
impacts which are unavoidable, to provide a base for the independent
assessment by the WB to the Project and to provide decision and
management guidance for the governmental integrated management and the
environmental management departments, according to the provisions of
Environmental Impact Assessment Law of the PRC, Regulations on the
Administration of Construction Project Environmental Protection and
Notification on Strengthening the Administration of Environmental Impact
Assessment for Construction Projects Funded by the Loan from International
Finance Corporations, the requirements of Safeguard Policies of the WB and
the environmental impact assessment procedures of China and the WB.
1.2.2 Type of EIA
According to the provisions of Notification on Strengthening the Administration
of Environmental Impact Assessment for Construction Projects Funded by the
Loan from International Finance Corporations (Huanjian [1933] No. 324
Document) issued by bureaus including the State Environmental Protection
Administration and the provisions of OP4. 01 Environmental Assessment of
Safeguard Policies of the WB and as per the identification and sieving result
of the environmental assessment factors of the Project, the environmental
assessment type of the Project is determined as Type B, that is “a
construction project, of which the scale and degree of negative impact
possibly caused to the environment is limited and can be effectively mitigated
10
via the adoption of advanced techniques and mature preventive measures,
and generally, which is required of an environmental impact assessment
specially made according to the major engineering and environmental factors
rather than made according to all aspects” (Huanjian [1933] No. 324
Document) .
Therefore, the EIA of the Project is compiled according to the content and
scope of Type B.
1.2.3 Preparation of the Environmental Impact Report
The People’s Government of Yueshan Town consigns Changsha
Environmental Protection Career Technical College to complete the
environmental impact assess of the Project, according to Environmental
Impact Assessment Law of the PRC, Regulations for the Environment
Management of Construction Projects issued by the State Council and the
related provisions of Notification on Strengthening the Administration of
Environmental Impact Assessment for Construction Projects Funded by the
Loan from International Finance Corporations (Huanjian [1933] No. 324
Document) jointly issued by State Environmental Protection Administration,
State Development Planning Commission, Ministry of Finance and People’s
Bank of China.
After accepting the consignment, under the great support from the owner, the
institute has compiled and completed Environmental Impact Assessment of
Hunan Integrated Economic Development Demonstration Town Project
(Yueshan Town Subprojeoct, Xiangxiang City) Utilizing WB Loans (the EIA),
according to relation national laws and regulations, guideline of environmental
assessment and relation requirements of World Bank Operation Manual-
Environmental assessment, on the base of field investigation, site survey and
investigation of public participation, inspection of environmental quality status
and information collection.
1.2.4 Keys of Assessment
11
According to the national Technical Guidelines for Environmental Impact
Assessment and the requirements of Safeguard Policies of the WB, the EIA of
the Project give a special report on below questions:
(1) The engineering features of the major environmental problems possibly to
be caused by the Project
(2) The feasibility of site selection and major environmental protection targets
of the Project (the sensitive points);
(3) The positive environmental benefits and negative environmental impacts
possibly to be brought by the Project;
(4) The countermeasures adopted to mitigate the negative impacts possibly to
be brought by the Project;
(5) The analysis of alternative proposals; and
(6) The environment management plan (EMP)
1.3 Grading, Scope and Periods of the Assessment and Target of
Environmental Protection (Sensitive points)
1.3.1 Grading and Scope of the Assessment
(1) Atmospheric Environmental
According to the policies of assessment grading determination of HJ2.2-2008
Technical Guidelines for Environmental Impact Assessment: Atmospheric
Environment, the Institute determines that the atmospheric environmental
impact of the Project is Grade III, which means it’s possible not to carry out
atmospheric environmental impact prediction but directly take the calculation
result of an estimation mode as the base of prediction and analysis.
With the consideration of the reality of the Project, the assessment scope of
the WWTP of the Project is determined to be a circle taking the discharge
source as the center with a radius of2. 5km and the atmospheric
environmental assessment scope of the supporting pipeline construction to be
an area taking the pipeline as the centerline and extended200m outward from
both sides.
12
(2) Water Environment
According to the policies of assessment grading determination of HJ2.2-2008
Technical Guidelines for Environmental Impact Assessment: Water
Environment, the Institute determines that the water environmental impact of
the Project is Grade III.
With the consideration of the reality of the Project, the assessment scope of
the water environment of the Project is determined to be the area extended
from the wastewater outlet to Xinqiaohe River.
(3) Acoustic Environment
According to the policies of assessment grading determination of HJ2.2-2009
Technical Guidelines for Environmental Impact Assessment: Acoustic
Environment, the Institute determines that the acoustic environmental impact
of the Project is Grade III.
With the consideration of the reality of the Project, the assessment scope of
the acoustic environment of the Project is determined to be an area extended
100mm outward from the boundaries of the WWTP and of the supporting
pipeline construction to be an area taking the pipeline as the centerline
extended 50m outward from both sides.
(4) Ecological Environment
The permanent land occupation is 12. 8Mu (or 0. 85376 Ha). The land to be
occupied is normal farm land with a major crop of rice at present and is
beyond the sensitive ecological environment. According to the requirements
of Technical Guidelines for Environmental Impact Assessment: Ecological
Environment of Nature Source (HJ19-2011), the ecological environmental
assessment is determined as Grade III since the land occupied is larger
than2Km2 but less than2. Km2. Refer to Table 1-1 for grading base of
ecological environmental assessment:
Table 1-1 Grading Base of Ecological Environmental Assessment
Sensitivity Grade of
Land Occupation
13
Grade of Regional
Ecological Environment
Area≥20km2 Or Length≥100km
Area:2km2-20km2 Or Length: 50km-100km
Area≤2km2 Or Length≤50km
Special Ecological
Sensitive Area Grade I Grade I Grade I
Important Ecological
Sensitive Area Grade I Grade II Grade III
Normal Area Grade II Grade III Grade III
With consideration to the reality of the Project, the assessment scope of the
ecological environment of the Project is determined to be an area extended
500mm outward from the boundary of the Plant.
1.3.2 Periods of the Environmental assessment
The EIA of the Project mainly analyze and assess2 periods of the Project,
namely construction period and operation period.
1.3.3 Target of Environmental protection (Sensitive points)
According to the requirements of national laws and regulations on
environmental impact assessment and Safeguard Policies of the WB, the
target of environmental protection (or sensitive points) concerned in the
environmental assessment of the Project are mainly: areas of social concern
including high-population-density areas, cultural and educational areas,
central office areas, hospitals, etc.
The Project is located in Yingxiongling Group, Xinqiao Village, Yueshan
Town, Xiangxiang City, with pipe network mainly placed within the town.
Figure1-2 provides a General of the surrounding of the WWTP of the Project,
and Table 1-2 and 1-3 are separately show the environmental protection
targets during the construction of the WWTP and the pipe network.
14
Figure 1-2 General of the Surrounding of the WWTP of the Project
Table 1-2 Environmental Protection Targets of the Surrounding of the
WWTP
No. Description
Located at the side of the Plant
Distance Function
1 Bailong Village
West Side 130 Village
2 Hongyang Village
South-east Side 150 Village
3 Xinqiao Village
North-east Side 100 Village
The Project
North
Sludge
Treatment
Xinqiao Village (6 Families)
Grain
Depot
Hongyan
g Village
(3
Bailong Village
(3 Families)
150m
100m 130m
15m
Xinqiaohe River
Bridge
River
A Ditch
Inter-communication
highways of Xiangtan
Duck-feeding Household
200m
150m
A broken line shows the distance from the sludge area.
A real line shows the distance from the plant boundary.
15
Table 1-3 Environmental Protection Target of the Pipe network
No. Description Function
1 Central Hospital of Yueshan Town Area of social concern
2 Xianfeng Middle School Area of social concern
3 The first row of buildings of the residential area and administrative organizations
Area of social concern
1.4 Environmental impact Factors and Assessment Factors
1.4.1 Identification of Environmental impact Factors
The implementation of the Project can further facilitate the pollution mitigation
of Xinqiaohe River, improve the basic facilities of Yueshan Town, and is
meaningful to promoting the sustainable development of environment and
social economy of Yueshan Town in an all-around way. Meanwhile, the
implementation of the Project may also bring some negative impacts to the
social and the ecological environment and the environment quality during its
construction and operation periods. The design period mainly centers on such
works as site selection, comparisons among technical proposals and the
study of feasibility. Therefore, this period generally will not cause impacts to
the environment.
Impacts brought during the construction and operation periods are mainly
including:
(1) Social Environmental impact: impacts on the social economy within the
construction areas definitely will be caused to some degreed by the Project,
which are expropriations mostly. The Project will permanently affect 11
families or 46 people. And 12.8 Mu (or 0. 85376 Ha) of collectively-owned
land will be expropriated for long. And the expropriation caused will affect the
daily life of the local people and reduce their the means of production and
subsistence, while the construction of the pipe network will make a difference
to the traveling and safety of the people living along the pipelines and the
traffic conditions along the pipelines.
16
(2) Ecological Environmental impact: the land occupation of the Project will
reduce the quantities of cultivated lands and vegetation cover, change the
features of land use, and alter the local agro ecosystem. During the
construction, the Project will destroy the vegetation of the site, and the
impropriate protection against roads deeply dug and the excavation, filling and
temporary stacking of earth and stones will cause the loss of water and the
erosion of soil easily;
(3) Environment Quality Impact: waters around the construction site will be
polluted by oil leaked, reeked and dripped from construction machines during
the construction period, the domestic wastewater of the construction people
and so on; heavy dust and ashes possibly emitted during the transportation
and mixing of construction materials will pollute the air; the noises caused by
the machines will impact the daily life and work of the people living around the
construction site and along the pipelines; and the frequent coming and going
of the construction trucks and cars will break the current traffic order.
Wastewater discharge, waste gas emitted, solid wastes and machine noise
caused during the operation period will pollute the surrounding environment to
some degree.
To sum up, the major impact factors existing during the construction and
operation periods are:
(1) Social Environment: land expropriation, traffic, city appearance, etc;
(2) Ecological Environment: change of land use, destroy vegetation and loss
of water and erosion of soil, etc;
(3) Water Environment: domestic and production wastewater during the
construction period and tail water at the end of operation period and domestic
wastewater during the operation period;
(4) Acoustic Environment: noise from the construction machine and
transportation during the construction period and machine noise during the
operation period;
17
(5) Atmospheric Environment: dust during the construction period and waste
gas of traffics during the construction period and odor emitted from the WWTP
during the operation period; and
(6) Solid Wastes: garbage and earth and stones left after excavation and
filling during the construction period and sludge and domestic waste
generated during the operation period.
1.4.2 Environmental Impact and Selection of Assessment Factors
According the above analysis, an environmental impact identification matrix is
built as Table 1-4 in the light of the types and features of the Project, and the
identification result of environmental impact factors is shown in Table 1-5.
Table 1-4 Environmental impact Identification Matrix
Period Construction
Period Operation
Period
Atmosphere -L -M
Water -S +L Natural Environment Acoustic
Environment -L -S
Land Use -L -S
Water and Soil Conservation
-M +S
Vegetation -L +S
Animal -S -S
Ecologic Environment
Appearance -L +M
Employment +S +M
Income of Residents
+S +M
Local Economy +S +M
Impact Factors
Social Environment
Quality of Life -S +L
Remark: S is equal to light impact, M to middle impact and L to serious
impact; “+” means positive impact and “-” means negative impact.
18
Table 1-5 Identification Result of Environmental impact Factors
Period
Actions Affecting
Environment Resources and Values
Destruction and Benefits to the
Natural or Social Environment
Base of Environmental Analysis
Effects to the Production
System (Agriculture)
Loss of Production Capacity
Land Occupation Type of Production/ Unit Income
Destruction to Vegetation
Vegetation Area/Type/Value
Site Selection Destruction to
the Area with Production
Values Impact to Surface
Water Environment Hydrological Parameters and Monitoring
Values of Water Quality Removal of Vegetation
Destruction to Cultivated Land
Type/Are/Value of Vegetation Destroyed
Land Erosion and Loss of Grating
Residue
Stones and Earth Excavated, Filled and Disposed and Engineering Site
Temporary Occupation and
Destruction
Location, Scope and Purpose of Occupation
Solid Wastes Generated
from Earthworks
Emission of such Particles as Dust
Location of, Distance to, Wind Direction against the Residential Area and the Engineering Construction Schedule
Transportation of
Construction Material and Engineering Equipment
Particles and Noise, Traffic and
Transportation Safety
Material Size, Traffic Amount and Transportation through Environment
Sensitive Areas
Employment of Local Labor Force able to Bring Direct Effect to the Local
Residents
No. of People to be Employed and the No. and Rate of the Local Staff
Sanitary and Safety Impacts to
Construction People and Surrounding Residents
No. of People possibly to be Affected and Health Statistics Including the Statistics of Local Infectious and
Epidemic Diseases
Employment of
Construction People
Pollution to the Surrounding
Surface Water by Domestic
Wastewater
Quality of Surface Water, Standard of Environment Quality and Discharge
Standard
Construction Period
Utilization of Construction Equipment
Impact of Noise and Waste Gas to
Surrounding Residents
Necessary Construction Equipment, Construction Plans, Distance to the Nearest Residential Areas and the
Pollution Density thereof, Wind Direction and Speed and Standards of Noise and
Waste Gas Emitted
19
Generation of Solid Wastes
Pollution to Earth and River
Types and Quantity of Wastes including Domestic and Construction Wastes and
Earth Residua
Cleaning the Site upon
Construction Completion
Site and Area Temporarily Used and Equipment
Possibly Used and Wastes Generated
The Constructor Responsible for Preparing a “Site Recovery Plan upon
Construction Completion” with Recover Cost Specified in the plan.
Generation of Sludge by the
WWTP
Pollution Caused by Impropriate
Management and Treatment of
Sludge
Quantity and Composition of Sludge and Whereabouts and Treatment thereof
Generation of Waste Gas by
the WWTP
Odor Caused by Impropriate
Management of Sludge
Generation of Odor and the Preventive measures and Health protection
distance
Operation Period
Operation Noise of the WWTP and Wastewater Pump room
Noise Source and Source Strength of the Noise, Preventive measures and
Emission Standard
On the base of environmental impact identification, environmental
assessment factors are sieved out as Table 1-3
Principles for sieving environmental assessment factors are:
(1) Regular pollution factors;
(2) Those factors which have larger impacts to the environments and are
special pollutants to the Project; and
(3) Those factors with specified limits in national and local environmental
standards.
Table 1-6 Sieving Result of Environmental assessment Factors of the
Project
Environmental Assessment Factors Impact Degree Ecologic
Environment Atmospheric Environment
Surface Waters
Acoustic Environment
Solid Wastes Construction
Period Operation
Period
Land Use and
Vegetation
TSP, PM10, NH3, H2S and Odor
COD, BOD5, NH3-N, TP, TN, and SS
Noise within the WWTP,
Construction Noise and Noise from Pump room
Earth Residua and
garbage during the
Construction, Sludge and Domestic
waste
-J +Y
Remark: J is equal to larger impact and Y to normal impact and “+” means
positive affect and “-” means negative impact.
20
2 Policies, Laws and Regulations and Administration
Framework
2.1 Environmental Policies, Laws and Regulations
2.1.1 General
Through the comprehensive analysis of project type and scope, site selection,
environmental sensitivities and the features and size of the possible
environmental impact, the policies, law and regulations as well as standards
mainly based on and related to by the EIA include:
(1) Laws and regulations on environmental protection;
(2) Regulations and requirements and local laws in relation with
environmental protection;
(3) Technical Guidelines for Environmental Impact Assessment and the
provisions;
(4) Environment quality standards;
(5) Pollutant discharge or emission standards; and
(6) Safeguard Policies of the WB.
The above policies, laws and regulations construct the framework guiding and
standardizing the environmental assessment of the Project. Besides, the
environmental assessment of the Project also takes such files, which shows
and implement the above laws and regulations in detail, as Terms of
Reference of Environmental Assessment (TOR), feasibility study report and
administrative examination and approval documents as one of the base of the
environmental assessment.
2.1.2 Laws and Regulations on Environmental Protection
(1) Environmental Protection Law of the PRC, 1989. 12.26
(2) Environmental Impact Assessment Law of the PRC, 2003. 9. 1
(3) Law of the PRC on the Prevention and Control of Water Pollution, 2008. 6.
1
21
(4) Law of the PRC on the Prevention and Control of Atmospheric Pollution,
2000. 9. 1
(5) Law of the PRC on Prevention and Control of Pollution from Environmental
Noise, 1997. 3. 1
(6) Law of the PRC on Prevention and Control of Environmental Pollution by
Solid Waste, 2005. 4. 1
(7) Detail Rules for the Implementation of the Law of the PRC on the
Prevention and Control of Water Pollution, 2000. 3.20
(8)Detail Rules for the Implementation of the Law of the PRC on the
Prevention and Control of Atmospheric Pollution, 1991. 5. 8
(9) Water Law of the PRC, 2002. 10. 1
(10) Water and Soil Conservation Law of the PRC, 2011. 3. 1
(11) Land Administration Law of the PRC, 2004. 8.28
(12) Urban and Rural Planning Law of the PEC, 2008. 1.1
(13) Law of the PRC on the Protection of Cultural Relics, 2007. 12.29
2.1.3 Regulations and Requirements and Local Laws in Relation with
Environmental protection
(1) Guiding Catalogue for Structural Adjustment of Industry (2011 Version)
(Document N0. 40 of State Development and Reform Commission ), 2011. 6.
1;
(2) Regulations on the Administration of Construction Projects Environmental
Protection, 1998. 11.29;
(3) Provisional Measure for Public Participating in Environmental Impact
Assessment, 2006. 02.22;
(4) Disclosure of Environmental Information (Provisional); 2007. 04.21;
(5) Notification on Strengthening the Administration of Environmental Impact
Assessment for Construction Projects Funded by the Loan from International
Finance Corporations, 1993. 06.21;
(6) Notification on Strengthening Classified Approval on Environmental Impact
Assessment, 2004. 12. 02;
22
(7) Notification on Strengthening the Supervision and Management of
Environmental Impact Assessment of Urban Construction Project, 2008. 9.
18;
(8) Categorized list of Environmental impact assessment of urban
Construction Project, (Announcement No.2 of Ministry of Environmental
Protection of the PRC);
(9) Notification on Strengthening Sludge Pollution Prevention and Treatment
of Urban WWTPs (Huanban [2010] Document No. 157) issued General office
of Ministry of Environmental Protection of the PRC, 2010. 11.26;
(10) Technical Policies for Sledge Treatment and Disposal for Urban WWTPs
(Provisional), 2009.2. 18;
(11) Technical Policies for Urban Wastewater Treatment and Pollution
Prevention (Chengjian [2000] Document No. 124), 2000. 5.29; and
(12) Notifications on Further Strengthening Construction Management of
Provincial Urban Wastewater Treatment Facilities (Xiangjiancheng [2008]
Document No. 160) issued by Hunan Provincial Construction Department
2.1.4 Technical Guidelines for Environmental Impact Assessment and
the Provisions
(1) Technical Guidelines for Environmental Impact Assessment: General
Principles HJ/T2. 1-1993;
(2) Technical Guidelines for Environmental Impact Assessment: Atmosphere
Environment, HJ/T2.2-2008;
(3) Technical Guidelines for Environmental Impact Assessment: Surface
Water Environment, HJ/T2. 3-1993;
(4) Technical Guidelines for Environmental Impact Assessment: Acoustic
Environment, HJ/T2. 4-2009;
(5) Technical Guidelines for Environmental Impact Assessment: Ecological
Environment of Nature Source, HJ19-2011 and
(6) Technical Guidelines for Environment Risk Assessment on Project
Construction, HJ/T169-2004.
23
2.1.5 Environment Quality Standards
(1) Ambient Air Quality Standard (GB3095-1996) Grade II;
(2) Environmental Quality Standards for Surface Water (GB3838-2002), Type
IV;
(3) Acoustic Environment Quality Standard (GB3096-2009), Type II; and
(4) Industrial Corporation Sanitary Standard (TJ36-79).
2.1.6 Pollutant Discharge or Emission Standards
(1) Monitoring concentration threshold of fugitive emission of Integrated
Emission Standard of Air Pollutants (GB16297-1996) is carried out during the
construction period;
(2) Emission densities of nitrogen, sulfurated hydrogen and odor comply with
Type II standard (for new, rebuild and extension projects) of Emission
Standard for Odor Pollutants (GB14554-93) during the operation period;
(3) Tail water discharge complies with Primary standard - standard B of
Pollutants Discharge Standard for Urban WWTPs (GB18918-2002) during the
operation period;
(4) Noise emission complies with the limit regulations of Noise Limits for
Construction Sites (GB12523-90) during the construction period;
(5) Noise emission complies with Type II standard of Noise Limits for
Industrial Corporation Sites (GB12348-2009) during the operation period; and
(6) Standard for Pollution Control on the Storage and Disposal Site for
General Industrial Solid Wastes (GB18599-2001)
2.1.7 Safeguard Policies of WB
(1) OP/BP4.01 Environmental Assessment;
(2) OP/BP4.04 Natural Habitats;
(3) OP4.09 Pest Management;
(4) OP4.37 Safety of Dams;
(5) OP4.11 Physical Cultural Resources;
(6) OP/BP4.12 Involuntary Resettlement;
(7) OD4.20 Indigenous Peoples;
24
(8) OP7.50 Projects on International Waterways;
(9) BP17.50 Information Disclosure. (Information Disclosure).
The safety guarantee policies of the WB with respect to the Project consist of
items (1), (6) and (9).
2.1.8 Documents Related to the Project
(1) Feasibilities Study Report on Hunan Integrated Economic Development
Demonstration Town Project (Yueshan Town Subprojeoct, Xiangxiang City)
Utilizing WB Loans (2011. 10) compiled by Hunan International Engineering
Consulting Center;
(2) Resettlement Plan for Hunan Integrated Economic Development
Demonstration Town Project (Yueshan Town Subprojeoct, Xiangxiang City)
(2011. 10);
(3) General Planning of Yueshan Town, Xiangxaing City (2006-2020) (2009.
8); and
(4) Feasibility Study Report of Renovation Demonstration of Continuous Rural
Environment of Yueshan Town, Xiangxiang City (2010. 8).
2.2 Environment Administration Organizations and Functions
The Central Government of PRC and each province (or municipality directly
under the jurisdiction of the Central Government or autonomous regions) and
each of its cities (or autonomous prefectures) and Counties (or districts) all
establish an environment administration organization according to the law to
carry out relation functions. And the environment administration organizations
related to the Project mainly include: Xiangtan City Environmental Protection
Bureau and Xiangxaing City Environmental Protection Bureau.
(1) Xiangtan City Environmental Protection Bureau
Xiangtan City Environmental Protection Bureau, established in the year of
1975, is the government department responsible for the city environmental
protection works. Its major functions include: to implement national
environmental protection policies, laws and regulations, to put in effect the
25
related laws and regulations, policies and institutions of the principal
government and the provincial environmental protection department, to set
down environmental protection rules and policies of the city and to monitor the
implement thereof, to be responsible for the prevention and control
environmental protection from the sources and to take responsibilities for
environment destruction, to take charge of achieving emission reduction
targets of the city, environment supervision and enforcement of the
environmental protection laws and regulations, to prevent and handle
environmental pollution of the city, to direct, cooperate and monitor the
ecological environmental protection of the city, to monitor and manage
nuclear safety and radiation safety; to take care of environment monitoring
and information disclosure, to carry out technological works about
environmental protection, to organize, direct and cooperate the promotion and
education of environmental protection within the city, to set down, organize
and implement the promotion and education planning of environmental
protection of the city, to deal with promotion and education works related to
ecological civilization construction and friendly social construction, to drive the
participation of the public and social organizations into environmental
protection, to carry on the international cooperation and communication of
environmental protection, to advance advice about the problems coming up
during the international cooperation and communication, to carry out
international information exchange of environmental protection, to participate
foreign environmental protection affairs and to undertake other items
instructed by the people’s government of the city.
(2) Xiangtan City Environmental Protection Bureau
The major functions of Xiangtan City Environmental Protection Bureau are: to
implement national environmental protection policies, laws and regulations, to
put in effect the related laws and regulations, policies and institutions of the
principal government and the provincial environmental protection department,
to monitor and execute the environmental protection policies and regulations
26
of Xiangxiang City; to be responsible for the prevention and control
environmental protection from the sources and to take responsibilities for
environment destruction, to take charge of environment supervision and
enforcement of the environmental protection laws and regulations, to handle
prevention and treatment of environmental pollution of the city, to direct,
cooperate and monitor the ecological protection of the city, to take care of
environment monitoring and information disclosure, to carry out technological
works about environmental protection, to organize, direct and cooperate the
promotion and education of environmental protection within the city, to drive
the participation of the public and social organizations into environmental
protection and to undertake other items instructed by the people’s government
of Xiangxiang City.
27
3 Description and Analysis of the Project
3.1 Project Name and Composition
Project name: Hunan Integrated Economic Development Demonstration Town
Project (Yueshan Town Subproject, Xiangxiang City) Utilizing WB Loans.
Construction nature: new construction.
Construction unit: Yueshan Town Government, Xiangxiang City.
Construction site: lies at Yingxiongling Group, Xinqiao Village, Yueshan Town,
Xiangxiang City.
Project investment: total project investment is RMB 41,046,900, among which,
the construction unit plans to apply for World Bank loans of USD 5 million, and
the remaining capital will be self financed by auxiliary and project units at
provincial, municipal and county levels.
Project composition: the Project, to be constructed in two phases, covers an
area of 8,529 m2 (equivalent to 12.8mu), with a design scale of 6,000m3/d.
The construction scale for this phase is determined to be 3,000m3/d, with
auxiliary wastewater pipe network of 13,520m, which can meet the
requirement on development plan of Yueshan Town, Xiangxiang City. The
underground DEST (Oligodynamic bio-membrane process as full name,
hereinafter referred to as DEST) is adopted in the design. The main economic
and technical indexes of the Project are shown in Table 3-1.
Table 3-1 Main Economic and Technical Indexes of the Project
No. Index Unit Quantity Remarks
1 Total Floor Coverage Area
m2 8,529 Reserved Land Scale 3,000m3/d
2 Construction Scale m3/d 3,000 /
3 Urban Wastewater Pipeline
m 13,520 /
4 Greening Rate % 32.7 Greening Area 2,793m2
5 Total Investment of the Project
Ten Thousand Yuan
4,104.29 /
28
6 Manpower of the Whole Plant
Person 13 /
7 Actual Annual Calendar Days
Day 365 /
8 Construction Period Year 5 From July 2012 to June 2017
3.2 Construction Proposal of the Project
3.2.1 Construction Content and Scale
The Project covers an area of 8,529m2 (equivalent to 12.8mu), and the
construction scale for this phase is 3,000m3/d, and auxiliary wastewater pipe
network 13,520m. The main construction content and scale of the Project are
shown in Table 3-2 and Table 3-3.
Table 3-2 Project Construction Status
Discharge System Discharge Direction Term of
Construction Sub-Phase
Design Service
Population (Person)
Estimation Quantity of Wastewater in Service
Area (m3/d)
Design Scale (m3/d) Status Quo Post-Completion
Status Quo
Post-Completion
Short Tem 2013
15,600 2,941 3,000
Long Term 2020
25,500 5,880 6,000 Confluence
Incomplete Separate System
Xinqiaohe River
Xinqiaohe River
Note: the construction content of the year of 2020 in the long term in the
Table belongs to Phase II, beyond the scope of this assessment.
Table 3-3 Main Construction Content and Scale of the Project
No. Name Unit Quantity Remarks
1 Construction Scale m3/d 3,000 Reserved Land Scale 3,000m3/d
2 Urban Wastewater Pipeline
m 13,520 /
3 Area of Road and Turn Round Pad
m2 1,840 Off-Site Road including Enclosing Wall
4 Sidewalk Area m2 76 /
5 Greening Area m2 2,793 Greening Rate 32.7%
6 Solidification Area m2 440 /
7 Pavage Site m2 820 /
8 Complex Building m2 324 Second Floor, 21.6×7.5×6m
9 Air Blower Room m2 75.6 12.6×6×3.5m
10 Dewatering Room m2 135 15×9×4.5m
11 Power Distribution Room m2 75.6 12.6×6×3.5m
29
12 Grating Well m2 20 8×2×4m
13 Pump Room m2 29.6 7×4×4m
14 Collecting Well m2 29.6 7×4×6m
15 DEST Tank m2 632.8 35.5×17.6×6.8m
16 Sludge Storage Tank m2 9.9 3×3×3m
17 Ultraviolet Disinfecting Tank
m2 19.3 3×5×2m
From Table 3-2 and Table 3-3, it can be concluded that:
(1) The WWTP of the Project is to be constructed in short-term and long-term
phases, and its design scale shall be determined based on status quo and
growth rate of the population. To ensure effective treatment of domestic
wastewater, the treatment scale of the WWTP shall be designed to be more
than or equivalent to the predicted wastewater production. Meanwhile,
auxiliary construction shall be carried out in respect of interceptor sewer,
wastewater main pipe, discharge pipe, storm sewer, recession pipe, etc.,
which shall in line with the stipulation that ‘Determine the ultimate scale for
construction of urban wastewater treatment facilities in accordance with the
long-term plan, and determine the short-term scale on the basis of status quo
of water quantity' indicated in (Chengjian [2000] Document No. 124) Technical
Policies for Urban Wastewater Treatment and Pollution Prevention.
(2) With implementation of the Project, the discharge direction will change
from current way of direct discharging into surface water body to such way
that prior to be discharged to surface water body, the discharge will be first
collected by pipe network and then disposed by urban WWTP until up to
standard. This move will greatly reduce total pollutant amount entering into
surface water body, which will be conducive to the improvement of water
environmental quality.
3.2.2 Main Equipment of the Project
The main equipment of the Project is shown in Table 3-4.
30
Table 3-4 Main Equipment List of the WWTP
Installation Position
SN. Name of Equipment
Performance Parameters
Unit Quantity Remarks
1 Square Gate and Hoist
600×800 N=1.1kw Set 2 /
2 Rotary Drum Grating Cleaner
B=600mm, b=4mm, N=1.5kw
Set 2 /
3 Submersible Wastewater
Pump
Q=125 m3/h, H=8m, N=5.5kw
Set 2 /
4 Electric Butterfly Valve
DN150 Set 2 /
5 Check Valve DN150 Set 2 /
6 Rotational Flow Sand deposit
tank
Pulp Board Mixer, N=0.55 kw
Set 1
Pretreatment System
7 Spiral Grit
Water Separator
Q=12L/s, N=0.37kw Set 1 /
1 Mixed liquor Reflux Pump
Q=100m3/h, H=4.5m, N=2.2kw
Set 4 One
Backup for Warehouse
2 Atmolysis Bag / Piece 2 /
3 Gate Valve DN150 Piece 11
4 Electromagnetic Valve
DN32 Piece 10
5 I-Steel 110×6 Meter 180 /
DEST Tank
6 Round Steel Ø12 L=5,400 Piece 690 /
1 Air Blower Q=5.2m3/min,
Pressure 58.8Kpa, N=11kw
Set 3 /
2 Electric Butterfly Valve
DN100mm Set 3 / Air Blower
Room
3 Check Valve DN100mm Set 3 /
1 Sludge
Thickening and Dewatering Set
B=1,000mm, N=1.5kw
Set 1 /
2 Band Conveyor B=500mm L=5m, N=1.5kw
Set 1 /
3 Static Mixer DN100×500mm Set 1 /
Sludge Dewatering
Room
4 Sludge Feed Pump
Q=6m3/h Pressure 0.4MPa N=2.2kw
Set 2 /
Sludge Storage
Tank
1 Submersible Mixer
Impeller Diameter 320mm, n=904r/min
N=2.2kw
Set 1 /
Disinfecting Tank
1 UV Light Tube N=4kw Set 1 /
31
1 COD Online Monitoring Instrument
Set 1 General Layout
Pipeline 2 Continuous Online
Monitoring
/ Set 1 /
1 Transportation Vehicle
1 Vehicle 5T (Self Lighting Type)
Transport
Equipment
2 Van 1 Vehicle
/
3.2.3 Technological Introduction
3.2.3.1 Process Flow Sheet
Table 3-1 DEST Process Flow Sheet
3.2.3.2 Process Design
(1) Grating Chamber
Taking the interception ratio: n0=1.0 into account, we will build the grating
chamber together with the collecting tank, and complete both at once
according to the long-term scale of 6,000m3/d. The grating adopts rotary drum
grating cleaner, which integrates pollutant interception, tine harrow
deslagging, spiral hoisting, and squeeze dewatering into one. The grating is
automatically started or stopped according to the time interval and water head
between fore-grating and rear-grating, with main parameters as follows:
Design flow: drought flow: Q=6,000m3/d =250m3/h; confluence flow:
Q=12,000m3/h =500m3/h;
Grating bar clearance: b=4mm
Gratings Inflow
Pump
DEST Tank
Entry of Residual sludge
Sand
Deposit
Waste
water
Transportati Transportation Blower
Disinfection
Tank
Discharge
to
32
Flow velocity through grating: v=1m/s
Fore-grating water depth: h=0.5m
Grating obliquity: α=35º
Diameter of rotary drum: 600mm
Main equipment: 2 rotary drum grating cleaners, with single power of 1.5kW
Auxiliary equipment: 2 square gates, and 2 hoists, with single power of 1.1kW
Plan view size: 8×2m
(2) Pump Room
Taking the interception ratio: n0=1.0 into account, we will build the pump room
together with the grating chamber, complete the civil engineering at once
according to the long-term scale of 6,000m3/d, and install equipment
according to the short-term scale of 3000m3/d. The pump room, which adopts
submersible pump with automatic coupling installation, is equipped with
electric hoisting equipment and the corresponding valves. Control on the
pump room can be realized by PLC and on-site mode, with main design
parameters as follows:
Auxiliary design: drought flow Q=3,000m3/h=125m3/h;
Confluence flow: Q=6,000m3/h =250m3/h
Capacity of collecting tank: effective capacity 120m3
Main equipment: 2 submersible pumps, with single flow Q=125m3/h, pumping
head of 8m, and power of 5.5kW. In dry season, both operating pump and
backup pump will be put into operation. 2 submersible pumps will be added in
Phase II.
Auxiliary equipment: 2 electric butterfly valves, with single power of 0.1kW,
and another 2 electric butterfly valves will be added in Phase II; 2 check
valves, and another 2 will be added in Phase II; 1 set of water-level controller;
1 hand-drive hoist; and 1 set of H2S monitoring and alarming device.
(3) Rotational Flow Sand deposit tank
Taking the interception ratio: n0=1.0 into account, we will adopt steel structure
equipment in sand deposit tank, and equip it with auxiliary equipment
33
according to the short-term scale of 3,000m3/d, and design to adopt rotational
flow sand deposit tank, which features the advantages of small space
demand, low operating cost, convenient installation and service, etc.
Transcendent functions are taken into account in the course of design, to
facilitate equipment maintenance, with main design parameters as follows:
Design flow: 250m3/h
Quantity: 1; and another 1 will be added in Phase II.
Diameter of sand deposit tank: D=1.63m
Depth of sand deposit tank: H=1.12m
Diameter of sand hopper: D=0.91m
Depth of sand hopper: H=1.52m
Surface loading of hydraulic power: q=120m3/m2•h
Auxiliary equipment: one set of pulp board mixer, with single power of 0.55kW,
and another 1 will be added in Phase II; 1 spiral grit water separator, with
single power of 0.37kW.
(1) DEST Tank
DEST tank includes anoxia and anaerobic tanks, contact oxidation tank and
vertical flow grating residue tank which constitute a group of processing
structures.
a) Anoxia and Anaerobic Tank
The wastewater with the process of de-slagging and sand deposit enters into
the anoxia and anaerobic tank and mixes with the return wastewater, which
begins the anaerobic biochemical reaction and de-nitrification. The anaerobic
phase includes anaerobic fermentation, anaerobic corrosion and anaerobic
biochemical filtration. Anaerobic tank adopts the water the horn-shaped
distributor to distribute water equably which makes full use of Effective
capacity.
Design scale: 3,000m3/d =125m3/h
Grating (tank) number: 9
Single grating size: 5.6×5.6×6.5m with a mean depth of 5.95m
34
Effective capacity: 1679m3
Retaining period for waterpower: 13.4h
Filler number: 1,200m3 with the polyethylene elasticity plastic filler of Ø150
b) Aerobic Tank
Through the anoxia and anaerobic process, quantities of BOD and CODcr are
wiped off from the wastewater which then is processed by the “nitration” and
phosphorus removal mainly in the aerobic tank where a further step is made
to remove the organic load. The aerobic tank is biological treatment
equipment that relies mainly on biofilm process, combining the activated
sludge one. The microorganism absorbs the phosphorus forcefully from the
phase of anaerobic process to aerobic one.
Design scale: 6,000m3/d =125m3/h
Grating (tank) number: 6
Single grating size: 5.6×4.3×6.5m with a mean depth of 5.78m
Effective capacity: 835m3
Retaining period for waterpower: 6.68h
Filler number: 612m3 with the polyethylene elasticity plastic filler of Ø150
Main equipment: 4 reflux pumps (1 for reserve in the storage) with a flux of
100m3/h, lift of 4.5m and power of 2.2kW for each one. 3 more shall be added
in the phase II.
c) Vertical Flow Grating residue Tank
Grating residue tank adopts the vertical flow one that is jointly built with DEST
biochemical tank. The mixed liquor exhausted from the DEST tank will firstly
enter into the water-distributor tube set in the center of the vertical flow grating
residue tank, then rise with the density current due to the density difference of
the clear water and will be finally discharged into outflow canal by the overflow
around when in the upper layer. The residual sludge in the bottom of grating
residue tank will be discharged into the deposition tank through the sludge
pipe by the gas stripping.
Design scale: 3,000m3/d =125m3/h
35
Grating (tank) number: 3
Single grating size: 5.6×8×6.5m
Surface Load: 0.93m3/m2•h
Retaining period for waterpower: 5h
(5) Sludge Storage Tank
For disposal of the residual sludge in the DEST tank
Effective capacity: 22.5m3
Size: 3.0×3.0×3.0m
Auxiliary equipment: 1 Diving Mixer with the impeller diameter of 320mm and
power of 2.2kw
(6) Blower Room
The civil engineering is built in one time on the long-term scale of 6,000m3/d
with single-deck frame construction which is mainly used for the offer of
enough air to biological contact oxidation tank. The assorted high-speed
centrifugal blower with single stage ensures the effect of nitrogen phosphorus
removal through the dissolved oxygen detector to adjust the operation
parameter in blower automatically by frequency control device. Following are
the main design parameter:
Plan view size: 12.6×6m
Main equipment: 3 Roots Blowers (2 for use and 1 for reserve) with flux of
5.2m3/min, wind pressure of 58.8Kpa and power of 11kW. 2 more will be
added in the phase II.
Auxiliary equipment: 3 Electric butterfly valves, with single power of 0.1kW
and another 2 will be added in Phase II; 3 check valves and another 2 will be
added in Phase II; 2 air purifiers with both thick and thin ones.
(7) Dewatering Room
The civil engineering is built in one time on the long-term scale of 6,000m3/d,
with single-deck brick-concrete structure which is used to dehydrate water of
the residual sludge and compress its volume to the minimum. Dewatering
room will be equipped with sludge concentration and dewatering machine,
36
belt conveyor, flocculent preparation and addition system with the storage
space for flocculent.
Plan view size: 15×9m
Residual sludge Amount: 248kg/d (dry sludge) (the first stage)
Main equipment: 1 draper-type dewaterer with the belt of 1.0m wide; 1 board-
type dewaterer. None is needed to add in the phase II except the work
duration.
Auxiliary equipment: 1 drug preparation and delivery system, with single
power of 1.5kW; 1 belt conveyor with the belt of 500mm wide, 5m long and
the power of 1.5kW; 2 air compressors (1 for use and 1 for reserve), with
single power of 1.5kW; 2 sludge treatment pumps (1 for use and 1 for reserve)
with the flux of 6m3/h, lift of 40m and power of 2.2kW; 1 electric traveling
crane with the lifting weight of 5t and power of 3kW.
(8) Ultraviolet Disinfecting Tank
1 tank is set in reinforced concrete structure for disinfection before the
wastewater drains into Xinqiaohe River.
Design scale: 3,000m3/d
Plan view size: 3×5m
Auxiliary equipment: ultraviolet tube, with single power of 4kW
(9) Power Distribution Room
Power Distribution Room shall be set with power distribution cabinets and
transformers, which is jointly built with blower room. Its advantages lies in
short layout line, simple and easy installation and convenient operation
management, etc.
Plan view size: 12.6×6m
(10) Complex Building
The Complex Building assembles the office and laboratory as a whole with 2
layers.
Plan view size: 1.6×7.5m
3.2.4. General Layout of Plant Site
37
3.2.4.1. General Layout Principles
General Layout Principles of Plant Site:
(1) Connection properly with the general planning of the city and coordinating
with the surrounding environment;
(2) Clear functionality of each area and compact arrangement striving to use
land economically and reduce area;
(3) Short and smooth process to avoid circuitous repeat;
(4) Well combination and concentration arrangement of short- and long-term
structures, forming an integrated whole and giving room for the long-term
development;
(5) The layout of the buildings facing south-north as much as possible;
(6) A certain width of health protection distance between the Plant structures
and surrounding buildings to reduce the influence of the WWTP on the
surrounding environment;
(7) Convenient transportation for flow and logistics, and clear division of
primary and secondary roads to meet fire safety requirements;
(8) Smooth flow of traffic facilitating the construction and management.
In addition to the above mentioned principles, the layout of the Plant site shall
be based on the direction of prevailing wind and water inlet, position of water
discharge, characteristics of process as well as other factors, such as the
Plant site topography, geological conditions etc. and many other factors shall
be considered. For example, the process shall be reasonable, easy
managing, economic and practical, and the architectural style and plant
greening shall be in harmony with the surrounding environment.
3.2.4.2. General Layout
The general layout plan of the Project is shown in Figure 4.
The land acquisition of the Plant area is disposable for the long-term
development, and the total land area is 8,529 m2 (the effective land area
within the walls). Wastewater treatment of the Plant covers an area of 1.42m2.
According to different functions, the Plant is divided into three areas: life and
38
auxiliary production area (front area of the Plant), wastewater treatment area
and sludge treatment area (production areas).
The front area of the Plant, located in the southeast corner of the Plant, is
mainly made up of the Complex Building (with office, laboratory, dormitory,
dining hall) and guard house. Between the production area and the front area,
a greenbelt area is designed to ensure a good ecological environment for the
front area.
In accordance with the process, in the west of the production area, the inflow
pump room, grit separator, sludge tank and sludge dewatering room are
designed to reduce the influence on the front area of the Plant and the
surrounding environment; in front of the sludge dewatering room, the terrace
designed to meet the requirements of stacking and transportation of sludge; in
the area, the disinfecting tank, blower housing and power distribution room
arranged from north to south; the DEST reaction tank is arranged in the
centre; and the long-term land reserved in south central.
3.2.5. Service Scope and Wastewater Discharge Forecast
3.2.5.1. Design Life and Discharge System of the Plant
(1) Design Life
According to the General Planning of Yueshan Town, Xiangxiang City (2006-
2020), in combination with the Code for Urban Water Supply Engineering
Planning, and in consideration of the town development level and the water
supply and discharge facilities and other factors, the design life of the Project
is:
Short-term: 2013
Long-term: 2020 (belong to the Phase II construction, not within this scope of
evaluation)
(2) Discharge System
The present status of Yueshan Town is that the production and domestic
wastewater discharge is free, and there aren’t unified discharge pipes, and
the wastewater is drained directly into the surrounding channels. In
39
combination of planning, the center township of Yueshan Town adopts the
mixture of rainwater and wastewater system for the short-term, while for the
long-term incompletely separate system for rainwater and wastewater is
adopted.
3.2.5.2. WWTP Service Scope
The service scope of this wastewater treatment project is the center township
of Yueshan Town. According to the general planning, the construction land of
2010 is 1.34 square kilometers, and the construction land of 2020 is 3.22
square kilometers. Until the end of 2010, the center township has a built up
area of 1.5 square kilometers, which is basically consonant with the planed
construction land area. The construction land area mainly expands to the
north-east of the existing land, and it is forecasted that the construction land in
2013 is 2.03 square kilometers and 3.22 square kilometers in 2020.So the
service scope of the Project is 2.03 square kilometers in the short-term and
3.22 square kilometers in the long-term.
The WWTP only accepts domestic wastewaters and similar industrial
wastewaters, or industrial wastewaters in line with national discharge
standards after pre-treatment and being treated with domestic wastewaters.
3.2.5.3. WWTP Service Population
According to the general planning, the population scale of the center township
of Yueshan Town is 10,000 in 2010, and 25,500 in 2020.And according to
statistics provided by the town government, the population of the center
township of Yueshan Town in 2010 is 9,105, slightly less than the planned
population. Refer to the forecasted population growth rate described in the
General Planning of Yueshan Town, Xiangxiang City. According to the
population base of 2010, the average annual natural growth rate of the
township population is 0.2%, and the mechanical growth rate is 1. 8%. And
taking the population of surplus labor changing to urban population into
consideration, the population scale calculated therefrom is 15,600 in 2013,
and 25,500 in 2020.The population growth statistics of the center township of
40
Yueshan Town in the latest three years is shown in Table 3-5.
Table 3-5 Statistic Table of the Population Growth of the Center Township of
Yueshan Town in the Latest Three Years
Year
Total Population of the Center Township (Person)
Floating Population of the Center Township
(Person)
Net Increase of Population (Person)
Annual Growth Rate
(%)
2005 7295 45 / /
2006 7692 47 397 0.54
2007 8069 48 377 0.49
2008 8434 50 365 0.45
2009 8771 55 347 0.41
2010 9105 59 324 0.37
3.2.5.4. Wastewater Discharge Forecast
Wastewater discharge forecast is closely related to the development of the
urban economy, the population, the development and construction scale of
the planning area, the layout, land area, population density, industrial
distribution, etc. Commonly used wastewater forecasting methods are the
comprehensive quota method, the sub-item quota method, urban construction
land indicator method, etc. The Project adopts the sub-item quota method and
urban construction land indicator method to forecast the wastewater
discharge.
(1) Sub-item Indicator Method
○1 Domestic Wastewater Discharge
According to the requirements of national water saving policy and the
Technical Specification of Water Supply Engineering for Town and Village
(CJJ123-2008), and with consideration of the water supply and discharge
sanitary facilities and showers equipped indoor, the daily domestic water
consumption indicators (maximum) of Yueshan Town is 130~190L/cap·d. and
in combination of the demand of domestic water supply and the domestic
wastewater generated of the latest three years, the domestic water
consumption indicator of 2013 is 130L/cap·d, and the domestic water
consumption indicator of 2020 is 150L/cap·d. The domestic wastewater
41
discharge calculated is shown in Table 3-6; the statistics of demand of
domestic water supply in the latest three years is shown in Table 3-7, and the
actual domestic wastewater generated in Table 3-8.
Table 3-6 Statistical Table of Demand of Domestic Water Supply in the Latest Three
Years
Year
Aggregate Demand
on Domestic Water
Supply (m3/d)
Demand on Commercial
Water Supply (m3/d)
Demand of Public Institutions on
Domestic Water Supply (m3/d)
Demand on Resident Water Supply (m3/d)
2008 1200 220 230 750
2009 1400 250 250 900
2010 1600 280 290 1030
Table 3-7 Statistical Table of Actual Domestic Wastewater Generated in the Latest
Three Years
Year Commercial
Discharge (m3/d) Domestic Discharge by Public
Institutions (m3/d) Domestic Discharge by
Residents (m3/d) 2008 100 120 600
2009 130 150 720
2010 180 180 850
Table 3-8 Domestic Wastewater Discharge Forecast Table
No. Indicator 2013 2020
1 Planned Population (Person) 15600 25500
2 Standard of Water Consumption Per Capita (Per Day L/cap•d)
130 150
3 Forecast Water Consumption (m3/d) 2028 3825
4 Converted Discharge Coefficient 0.9 0.9
5 Wastewater Collection Rate 90% 95%
6 Wastewater Treatment Amount (m3/d) 1642 3270
○2 Industrial Wastewater Discharge
Industrial water consumption is related to the production process. According
to the general planning of Yueshan Town, the central part of the town centers
on developing agricultural products processing industry, commerce, tourism
the detailed data of theses enterprises is absent, and it is impossible to
42
forecast based on the enterprises category, so the industrial output is used for
forecast. In 2010, the total industrial output of Yueshan Town is RMB
229,580,000.According to the development plans, the annual economic
growth rate is 10%, so in 2013 the total industrial output is RMB 305,570,000,
and in 2020 RMB 595,470,000.And according to the requirements of national
water saving policy and with the current situation and developing trends,
referring to the wastewater discharge for unit output of towns and counties
with similar industries, the average wastewater discharge per thousand RMB
output is 15m3. The forecasted industrial water supply demand is shown in
Table 3-9, and the industrial wastewater discharge of wastewater in Table 3-
10.
Table 3-9 Table of Industrial Water Supply Demand
Year Demand of Food Processing
Industry (m3/d) Demand of Other Industries (m3/d)
2008 300 100
2009 420 150
2010 550 200
Table 3-10 Industrial Wastewater Discharge Forecast Table
No. Indicator 2013 2020
1 Industrial Output (RMB Ten
Thousand ) 30557 59547
2
Wastewater Discharge for RMB Ten
Thousand Output (m3/RMB Ten
Thousand )
10 10
3 Forecasted Industrial Wastewater
Discharge (m3/d) 837 1631
4 Wastewater Collection Rate 80% 83%
5 Wastewater Treatment Amount 670 1353
According to the material provided by the environmental protection
department of Yueshan Town, Xiangxiang City, there are mainly four polluting
43
enterprises to Xinqiaohe River at present, and the wastewater discharge
statistics of the latest five years are shown in Table 3-11.
Table 3-11 Present Status Table of Industrial Waste Water
Name of Enterprise Discharge (m3/d)
Spring Wood
Rea Sea Wood
Xiangxiang Weaving Factory
Total
2006 100 90 60 250
2007 110 90 60 260
2008 120 100 70 290
2009 130 100 70 300
2010 140 100 70 310
Synthesizing Tables 3-9 and 3-11, and in consideration of the water discharge
of some small family businesses are not included in the statistics, so the
industrial waste water discharge uses the data in Table 3-9.
○3 Total Wastewater Discharge
Total Wastewater Discharge = Domestic Wastewater Discharge + Industrial
Wastewater Discharge + Public Building Wastewater Discharge + Unforeseen
Water Discharge
The public building wastewater discharge is 15% of the domestic water
consumption, the unforeseen water consumption includes watering the green
land and roads, pipeline leakage, etc., and the wastewater discharge
generated is equal to 15% of the sum of the industrial wastewater discharge,
public building wastewater discharge and domestic wastewater discharge.
The prediction results of the total wastewater discharge are shown in Table 3-
12.
44
Table 3-12 Wastewater Treatment Amount Forecast Table
No. Indicator 2013 2020 1 Domestic Wastewater Discharge (m3/d) 1642 3270
2 Public Buildings Wastewater Discharge
(m3/d) 246 490
3 Industrial Wastewater Discharge (m3/d) 670 1353 4 Unforeseen Wastewater Discharge (m3/d) 383 767 5 Total Wastewater Discharge (m3/d) 2941 5880
(2) Public Institutions Construction Land Comprehensive Water Consumption
Indicator Method
The public institutions construction land comprehensive water consumption is
related with the local industrial structure, residential density and the degree of
wastewater collection. Referring to the Code for Urban Water Supply
Engineering, the public institutions construction land comprehensive water
consumption indicators of the medium and small cities is: 0.4 ~ 0.8 (ten
thousand m3/ km2·d). In consideration of the water saving ideas and policy,
the long-term population scale of the Project is 25,500; considering that the
short-term water consumption per unit area is 4,000 m3/ km2·d, and the long-
term is 4,000 m3/ km2·d, the water consumption and wastewater discharge
prediction calculated are shown in Table 3-13.
Table 3-13 Wastewater Discharge Forecast Table
No. Indicator 2013 2020
1 Effective Land Area 2.03 3. 22
2 Indicators of Water (Ten Thousand 0.4 0.4
3 Maximum Daily Water Consumption 8120 12880
4 Discharge Coefficient 0.8 0.8
5 Wastewater Collection Rate 90% 95%
6 Wastewater Treatment Amount 5846 9788
(3) Construction Scale of the Project
According to the results of the prediction of the wastewater discharge and
comparing Table 3-12 and Table 3-13, the wastewater discharge land
indicators obtained by both prediction methods are slightly higher. Because
there is no public institutions construction land comprehensive water
consumption indicator data specified in the town and village water supply
45
standard, the indicator referred is the urban water supply indicators, in which
the value is relatively higher. This report uses the prediction results of the sub-
item indicator method and reserves room for development appropriately. So,
the construction scale of the proposed WWTP is determined as Q=6,000m3/d.
The construction is divided in two phases, of which the year 2013 is the first
phase with construction scale of Q=3,000m3/d, and the year 2020 year of the
Phase II with the construction scale of Q=3,000m3/d.
3.2.6. Designed Inflow and Outflow Water Quality
3.2.6.1. Inflow Water Quality of the Designed WWTP
According to the Code for Design of Outdoor Sewerage Engineering
(GB50014-2006), the designed water quality of urban wastewater water can
adopt the following criteria: in general, BOD5 refers to 25~50g/d per person,
SS refers to 40~65g/d per person, TN refers to 5~11g/d per person, TP refers
to 0.7~1.4g/d per person. CODcr is analyzed by statistics, common urban
wastewater CODcr 2.3 (BOD5). Wastewaters accepted to the Project WWTP
mainly are domestic wastewaters, the ratio of industrial wastewaters is
relatively low, and industrial wastewaters must be under appropriate pre-
treatment measures to meet the relevant discharge standards before entering
the WWTP. After pre-treatment, industrial wastewaters are basically similar to
domestic wastewaters. Refer to wastewater water quality of similar towns. The
determined designed inflow water quality of the WWTP is shown in Table 3-
14.
Table 3-14 Designed Inflow Water Quality of the WWTP Unit: mg/L
Item CODcr BOD5 SS TN NH3-N TP
Inflow Water Quality
240 130 200 30 25 2.8
3.2.6.2. Designed Outflow Water Quality and Removal Rate of the WWTP
According to the requirements of the Pollutants Discharge Standard for Urban
WWTPs (GB18918-2002), the outflow water quality of the WWTP shall meet
the primary standard - standard B. Specific data of outflow water quality and
46
removal rate are shown in Table 3-15.
Table 3-15 Designed Outflow Water Quality and Removal Rate of the WWTP Unit:
mg/L
Item CODcr BOD5 SS TN NH3-N TP
Inflow Water Quality
240 130 200 30 25 2.8
Outflow Water Quality
≤60 ≤20 ≤20 ≤20 ≤8 ≤1. 0
Removal Rate %
≥75 ≥84. 6 ≥90 ≥33. 3 ≥68 ≥64. 3
3.3. Pipe Network and Pumping Stations
(1) Laying of Pipe Network
The layout of the discharge pipes shall take into consideration the
characteristic of topography, road direction, construction conditions and other
factors, and the discharge areas shall be reasonable divided; gravity
discharge shall be adopted as much as possible to reduce project investment;
the Project pipe network horizontal distribution chart is shown in Figure 5.
The main pipeline A lies in the north roads of the fire station, and for the
diameter of some branch pipes, water amount for the long-term development
shall be considered. The pipe diameter is DN300~DN600.
The main pipeline B lies in the south roads of the planning land, and the water
amount of the reserved alternative land for long-term industrial development
in the eastern part of the town flows into the WWTP basically through line B.
At this stage, long-term water amount isn’t considered, and it will be taken into
account until further construction in the future. The pipe diameter is
DN600~DN800.
The main pipeline C lies along the north river of the inner river in this town,
and for the diameter of some branch pipes, water amount for the long-term
development shall be considered. The pipe diameter is DN400~DN500.
Table 3-16 Statistical Table of Pipe Diameters and Pipe Lengths
No. Pipe Diameter Unit Length Remarks 1 Wastewater Pipe m 4260 Pre-stressed Concrete
47
D300 Pipe
2 Wastewater Pipe
D400 m 3980
Pre-stressed Concrete Pipe
3 Wastewater Pipe
D500 m 2610
Pre-stressed Concrete Pipe
4 Wastewater Pipe
D600 m 1870
Pre-stressed Concrete Pipe
5 Wastewater Pipe
D700 m 400
Pre-stressed Concrete Pipe
6 Wastewater Pipe
D800 m 400
Pre-stressed Concrete Pipe
7 Total m 13520
(2) Pumping Stations
The layout of the discharge pipes of the Project shall take into consideration
the characteristic of topography, road direction, construction conditions and
other factors, and the discharge areas shall be reasonable divided; gravity
discharge shall be adopted to reduce project investment; no lifting pumping
stations.
3.4. Analysis of the Pollution Sources of the Project
Construction Period:
(1) Waste gas: dust and vehicle exhaust.
(2) Waste water: domestic wastewater and construction waste water.
(3) Solid waste: construction waste, cubic meter of earth and stone produced
by excavation and fill, domestic waste.
(4) Noise: construction vehicle noise, construction machinery noise, etc.
Operating period:
(1) Waste gas: bad smell from the WWTP.
(2) Solid waste: after the running of the adjusting tank, grating residue tank,
aeration tank, SBR reaction tank and other structures for some time, the
sludge will be produced, which is needed to be cleared; domestic waste.
(3) Wastewater: tail water, domestic wastewater and sludge wash water.
(4) Noise: when the water pumps, aerators and other pump work, noise will be
produced.
48
3.5. Associated Works with the Project
The main associated problem of the Project is the handling of residual sludge.
The final disposal of sludge is to deliver the dewatered sludge cake to the
waste transfer station, then compress it with urban domestic waste, and at
last send it to the Quanhu Garbage Disposal Plant in Xiangxiang City.
Therefore, the associated works with the Project is the waste transfer station
and the Quanhu Garbage Disposal Plant in Xiangxiang City, the detailed
description of which is shown in Chapter 5.
3.6. Project Investment Estimate
The investment estimate of the Project is shown in Table 3-17.
Table 3-17 Project Investment Estimate Table
Estimated Value (RMB Ten Thousand )
No. Name of Project or
Cost Construction
Purchase of
Equipment
Installation
Other
Fees Total
I Cost of Project 382.3 440.00 2027. 60
2849. 90
1 WWTP 382.30 440.00 112.6
0
934. 90
1. 1 Pre-treatment System 12.10 48. 70 10.5
0
71. 30
1. 2 DEST Tank 129. 10 23. 30 6. 10 158. 50
1. 3 Blower Housing 8. 50 22.30 4. 80 35. 60
1. 4 Sludge Dewatering
Room 19. 60 44. 20 9. 50
73. 30
1. 5 Sludge Storage Tank 1. 00 2.90 0.60 4. 50
1. 6 Disinfecting Tank 2.00 20.00 4. 30 26. 30
1. 7 Complex Building 44. 40 20.30 0.80 65. 50
1. 8 Reception Office 2.50 2.50
1. 9 Power Supply and
Distribution 8. 50 90.00
22.10
120.60
1. 10 Automatic Control 35. 20 11. 30
46. 50
1. 11 Process Piping and Indoor and Outdoor
Plumbing 121. 10
39. 50
160.60
1. 12 Ventilation and Air
Conditioning 12.00 3. 10
15. 10
49
1. 13 General Plan and
Transportation 154. 60
154. 60
1. 14 Other Projects
2 Urban Wastewater
Pipes
1915. 00
1915. 00
2.1 Wastewater Pipe
D300
366. 40
366. 40
2.2 Wastewater Pipe
D400
469. 60
469. 60
2.3 Wastewater Pipe
D500
420.20
420.20
2.4 Wastewater Pipe
D600
426. 40
426. 40
2.5 Wastewater Pipe
D700
106. 00
106. 00
2.6 Wastewater Pipe
D800
126. 40
126. 40
II
Other Costs of Project
Construction
694. 70
694. 70
1 Soft Environment
Construction Costs
200.00
200.00
2 Land Acquisition and
Demolition
143. 80
143. 80
3 Management Fees of
Construction Unit
47. 70
47. 70
4 Project Preliminary
Work Fees
15. 90
15. 90
5 Survey and Design
Fees
131. 10
131. 10
6 Project Supervision
Fees
87. 40
87. 40
7 Consultation Service
Fees about Environmental Impact
6. 00 6. 00
8 Bidding Fees 13. 90
13. 90
9 Construction Drawing
Review Fees 2.70 2.70
10 Construction Project Transaction Services
Fees 1. 80
1. 80
11 Project Quality
Inspection Fees 3. 40
3. 40
12 Project Insurance
Fees 5. 30
5. 30
13 Project Cost
Preparation and Review Fees
11. 90
11. 90
14
Joint Commissioning Fees and Application Fees for Construction
Approval
23. 80
23. 80
III Budget Reserve 466. 80
466. 80
50
IV Interest and Front-
end Fees of the Construction Period
93. 29
93. 29
1 Loan Interest 85. 29
85. 29
2 Front-end Fees 8. 00 8. 00
V Fixed Assets Investment
382.3 440.00 2027. 60
1254. 79
4104. 69
3.7. Schedule of the Project Implementation Progress
3.7.1. Construction Period
The Hunan Integrated Economic Development Demonstration Town Project
(Yueshan Town Subprojeoct, Xiangxiang City) Utilizing WB Loans has been
included in the List of Candidate Projects of World Bank Loan in Fiscal Year
2009 to 2011 in the end of 2008. According to the requirement of World Bank
Project construction period, by analysis of the construction content, scale,
type and the Project complexity, the construction conditions, the management
level and the quality of personnel, etc. of the proposed project, and by
referring to the construction schedule of similar projects, the construction
period of the Project is intended to be 5 years, that is 60 months.
3.7.2. Scheduling
The preliminary work of the Project, Hunan Integrated Economic Development
Demonstration Town Project Utilizing WB Loans, was planed to complete in
August 2011. The construction period of the Project lasts 5 years, which is
from July 2012 to June 2017. Civil construction of the Project is 3 years, 36
months in total, from July 2012 to June 2015.
February 2011-August 2011: Preparation and approval of the Project
feasibility study report;
September 2011: Preliminary design tender;
October 2011-December 2011: Preliminary design;
January 2012: Construction bidding;
February 2012-June 2012: Construction design;
July 2012-June 2015: Project construction;
51
July 2012-June 2017: Sub-annual training, inspection and related activities;
The end of June 2017: Project acceptance; the schedule of the Project
implementation progress is shown in Table 3-18.
52
Table 3-18 Schedule of the Project Implementation Progress
Preliminary Work
Project Construction Period
2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 No.
Project
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2
1 Declaration and Approval
2 Initial Design
3 Construction Design, Approval and Tendering
4 Construction and Equipment Procurement and Installation
5 Training
6 Completion of the Project and Acceptance
7 Production Preparation
53
4. Profile of the Project Location Environment
4.1 Natural Environment Profile
4.1.1 Geographic Location and Traffic
Yueshan Town, situated at north-central of Xiangxiang City, is 28Km east of its
urban area. As a small-town development superiority area centered on
Xiangxiang City, it enjoys prominent economic location advantages. The
township is easily accessible, with Fan River to the east, Tanshi to the south,
bordered by Yuduan to the north and Baitian to the west, 28km from
Xiangxiang City, via Provincial Highway S311 and Huiyu Line passing through.
The administrative region of town is easily accessible via Provincial Highway
S311 which joins the east to the west, directly to urban area of Xiangxiang
City and Yiyang City, and connects Shangrui Highway; the country roads
Yuebai Line and Tanyue Line connect such townships as Jinshi, Baitian,
Yueshan, Tanshi, etc.
The Project is located at Yingxiongling Group, Xinqiao Village, Yueshan Town,
Xiangxiang City.
4.1.2 Geological Features
Yueshan Town belongs to South China fold system, which is characterized by
intra Eurasian plate, ancient and stable stratum, and inactive faulting.
However, Yueshan Town, for its loose soil, was once struck by mud-rock flows
in some villages such as Qunle and Baolu Villages.
4.1.3 Weather and Climate
Yueshan Town of Xiangxiang City belongs to monsoon wet climate area of
middle subtropics, featuring four distinct seasons, hot summer and cold
winter, abundant rainfall, and long sunshine. In recent years, its annual
average temperature is around 17.3°C, an average temperature in January,
the coldest month of year, is around 5°C and in July, the hottest month of
year, is around 29.5 °C. The annual precipitation is 1100-1400mm, mostly
concentrated in spring and autumn. Annual sunshine duration is more than
1300 hours.
4.1.4 Hydrology
Upon treatment, the tail water of the Project which is up to standard will be
discharged into Xinqiaohe River.
54
Xinqiaohe River originates from the rainwater of hills near Yueshan Town, and
merges into Lianshui River in Tanshi Town, with primary functions of irrigation
and flood discharge.
Lianshui River, as the first level branch of Xiangjiang River, originates from
upper stream of Guanyinshan of Xinshao County and Zhadu Town of Xinhua
County, for an overall length of 232Km, flowing through Lianyuan, Loudi,
Xiangxiang and Xiangtan into Xiangjiang River, with a total catchment area of
7,089Km2. Xiangxiang City lies in the middle stream of Lianshui River, around
45Km away from the mouth of river. Lianshui River has a trunk stream with
overall length of 97Km and a total of 14 tributaries streams within the territory
of Xiangxiang City, with catchment area of 1,786Km2. According to
Xiangxiang hydrological station, the hydrological data from actual
measurement is as follows:
Maximum flow rate: 7,100m3/s; minimum flow rate: 0.14 m3/s;
Average flow rate: 113 m3/s;
Highest water level: 50.44m; lowest water level: 41.28m;
Average water level: 42.31m;
Average grating residues transport rate: 39.2%;
Average water temperature: 18.8°C;
Maximum flow rate over years: 0.68m/s; minimum flow rate over years:
0.1m/s;
4.1.5 Ecological Environment
(1) Mineral Resource
Xiangxiang City boasts abundant mineral resources. Considerable stone
materials are discovered in Shizhu Area and Yueshan Area, and large-
quantity and high-content dolomite resources are discovered in Malong Area;
however, large scale mining and processing never become reality due to
deficiency in infrastructure like road transport and mining technology, etc.
(2) Land Resource
Yueshan Town, as the largest town in Xiangxiang City, has a total area of
149.8 square kilometers, of which, the cultivated land covers an area of
4,550ha, and the forestry land covers an area of 8,763ha.
(3) Tourism Resource
Culture tourism resource is also of particular features. Yueshan Town
55
possesses such tourism resources as Baozhong Mountain, known as “No. 1
Mountain in Central Hunan Province”, Hongri Reservoir and Baiyun Temple,
etc., which are all in the undeveloped state for lack of auxiliary facilities.
4.2 Social Environment Profile
4.2.1 Administrative Division
Yueshan Town covers an administrative region area of over 140 square
kilometers, having jurisdiction over 58 administrative villages and 2
neighborhood communities for a total of 70,000 persons, with population
density of 465.1 persons per square meter, and urbanization level of 13.07%.
4.2.2 Economic Status
In recent years, Yueshan Town has experienced rapid development,
substantially accelerated the pace of industrialization, urbanization and
agricultural industrialization, and effectively advanced social undertakings. In
2010, its GDP reached RMB 630 million. From 2006 to 2010, it witnessed
rapid economic development, with average annual growth rate of around
13.3%, realizing total industrial output of RMB 236.74 million, total agricultural
output of RMB 346.09 million, and per capita net income of RMB 4,770. The
town highlights the mainstay status of industrial economy, and gives top
priority to speed up the development of industrial economy, with a view to
realizing rapid development of industrial economy and steady progress of new
industrialization. Relying on the advantages of abundant agricultural products
and stone materials, the industries and enterprises are expanding on an
annual basis. At present, Yueshan Town is home to over 20 enterprises, of
which 4 are of large scale. It specializes in derivative industry chain for deep
processing of agricultural products like rice industry, forming an industrial
cluster. Meanwhile, it vigorously implements the industrial management mode
of “leading enterprise+ base+ farmer”, and focuses on processing of
agricultural and sideline products in developing agricultural industrialization,
and traditional agriculture is keeping a robust growth. In addition, it has
gradually shaped the development pattern of tertiary industry dominated by
commerce and trade, food and beverage service, and tourism.
56
Table 4-1 National Income of Yueshan Town
Year Total Agricultural Output (RMB Ten
Thousand)
Total Industrial Output (RMB Ten
Thousand)
Per Capita Net Income (Yuan)
2006 21152 8153 3306
2007 24142 12385 3630 2008 29065 17439 4060
2009 33555 22958 4140 2010 34609 23674 4770
4.2.3 Infrastructure
(1) Power Supply
There is 110kv Jinping transformer and power station within the Project Area
with service area as follows: 19,000 household users distributed in whole area
over 59 administrative villages (Qingpi Village of Tanshi) with voltage class of
110kv, annual output power supply volume: 18 million kwh, power supply unit:
Yueshan Office of Xiangxiang Electric Power Bureau, annual gateway electric
quantity around 18 million kwh, rated power around 6,300kw, the distance
between Project Area and transformer station is around 4km, the distance
between Project Area and 306 mainline of 10kv Jinxin Line is around 1.2km,
and project-use power is guaranteed.
(2) Water Supply
There is one water plant within the Project Area, with water supply scale of
1,000m3/d, covering Xinqiao Village, Hongyang Village and Hengjiang Village.
The construction of the Plant area and main pipeline has been completed.
The water source of the water plant is from Hongri reservoir in Hongri Village,
adopting underground pipeline for delivery. The distance between the
reservoir and Project Area is 6km.
4.3 Status Quo of Quality of the Project Area Environment
4.3.1 Atmospheric Environment
To explain the status quo of environmental quality of the Project Area, we
adopt the on-site monitoring data about Xiangxiang City Hutie Hotel and
Yangjin Village recorded by Xiangxiang City Environmental Monitoring Station
from June 29, 2010 to July 6, 2010 for assessment analogy.
(1) Monitoring Time
The on-site monitoring time is from June 29, 2010 to July 6, 2010 for
consecutive 7 days.
57
(2) Sampling and Analytical Approaches
It shall be implemented in accordance with relevant state standard and
technical specification. The specific sampling and analytical approaches are
shown in the following Table 4-2.
Table 4-2 Sampling and Analytical Approaches for Environmental Air Monitoring
Project
Monitoring Project
Sampling Instrument
Analytical Instrument
Sampling and Analytical Approaches
Inhalable Particles (PM10)
2031 Type Intelligent High-
Flow TSP (PM10) Sampler
Analytical Balance Millipore Filtration Absorption
Gravimetric Method
Sulfur Dioxide (SO2)
2031 Type Intelligent High-
Flow TSP (PM10) Sampler
722 Spectrophotometer
Formaldehyde Absorbing- Pararosaniline Hydrochloride
Method
Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2)
2031 Type Intelligent High-
Flow TSP (PM10) Sampler
722 Spectrophotometer
N (1-naphty1) -ethylenediamine Dihydrochloride
Spectrophotometric Method
(3) Monitoring Result
The monitoring result is shown in Table 4-3.
58
Table 4-3 Statistics Table for Monitoring Result of Status Quo of Atmospheric
Environment (Unit: mg/m3)
Monitoring Point
Item (mg/m3) NO2 SO2 PM10
Concentration Range Per Hour
0.021-0.035 0.040-0.056 /
Out of Gauge Rate 0 0 / Maximum Times Out of
Gauge 0 0 /
Average Daily Concentration Range
0.017-0.028 0.027-0.041 0.036-0.052
Average Value for Seven Days
0.019 0.031 0.040
Out of Gauge Rate 0 0 0
Hutie Hotel
Maximum Times Out of Gauge
0 0 0
Concentration Range Per Hour
0.003-0.013 0.008-0.026 /
Out of Gauge Rate 0 0 / Maximum Times Out of
Gauge 0 0 /
Average Daily Concentration Range
0.04-0.010 0.012-0.020 0.056-0.125
Average Value for Seven Days
0.008 0.017 0.068
Out of Gauge Rate 0 0 0
Yangjin Village
Maximum Times Out of Gauge
0 0 0
Assessment Standard (Average Daily/Hour) 0.12/0.24 0.15/0.50 0.15/
(4) Result Analysis
From Table 4-3, it can be concluded that both hour concentration of SO2 and
NO2 and average daily concentration of SO2, NO2, and PM10 at two monitoring
points in Hutie Hotel and Yangjin Village meet the requirement of second level
standard of GB3095-1996 Ambient Air Quality Standard (AAQS), without out
of gauge. The Project is located at Yingxiongling Group of Xinqiao Village,
Yueshan Town. Like Yangjin Village, without large scale air pollutant emission
enterprises, it has identical environmental quality status quo and analogy.
Upon analogy, it shows that the status quo of air quality of the Project Area
environment is sound, and there is a certain environmental capacity.
4.3.2 Environment of Surface Water
(1) Distribution Points of Monitoring Section
Upon disposal by WWTP of the Project, the tail water which meets the primary
standard - standard B of Pollutants Discharge Standard for Urban WWTPs
(GB18918-2002) will be discharged into Xinqiaohe River. Therefore, 3
59
monitoring sections for surface water are set in this time. The distribution
points of the section are shown in Table 5-7.
Table 4-4 Section Distribution Points for Monitoring Status Quo of Water
Environment
Section
Rivers Section Positions
1# 500m above Upper Stream of WWTP Outlet 2# 800m below Down Stream of WWTP Outlet 3#
Xinqiaohe River
2,000m below Down Stream of WWTP Outlet
(2) Monitoring Frequency and Project
Environmental Monitoring Center of Changsha Environmental Protection
Career Technical College is entrusted to make a 3-day monitoring on the
foresaid sections from October 21, 2011 to October 23, 2011, sampling once a
day.
The monitoring project covers pH, ammonia nitrogen, COD, BOD5, SS, oil
type, plant animal oil, total phosphorus, total nitrogen, and fecal coliforms
number, as well as water temperature, water depth, river width, flow velocity
and flow rate.
(3) Monitoring Approach
The foresaid indexes shall be implemented in accordance with Environmental
Monitoring Technical Specification and Selective and Analytical Approach for
Environmental Quality Standard of Surface Water released by State
Environmental Protection Administration.
(4) Assessment Approach
Adopt single gene index approach to make assessment to the status quo of
water environmental quality.
(5) Monitoring Result and Assessment
The monitoring result is shown in Table 4-5.
60
Table 4-5 Monitoring Result for Status Quo of Surface Water Environment
Monitored Value (Unit of Fecal Coliforms: one/L, units for any other indexes are mg/L, except for pH)
1# 2# 3# No.
Monitored Item
10.21
10.22
10.23
10.21
10.22
10.23
10.21
10.22
10.23
1 pH 6.5~6.7 6.5~6.8 6.5~7.0
2 SS 22 18 18 14 14 17 15 14 12
3 CODCr 13.2 12.4 16.4 12.6 11.2 12.6 12.2 10.8 11.5
4 BOD5 3.6 3.2 3.9 3.3 3.3 3.0 3.3 3.1 2.8
5 Ammonia Nitrogen
0.52 0.56 0.57 0.44 0.52 0.48 0.40 0.42 0.40
6 Total
Nitrogen 1.12 1.40 1.46 0.95 1.14 1.32 0.89 1.25 1.30
7 Total
Phosphorus
0.28 0.29 0.28 0.26 0.28 0.28 0.26 0.26 0.26
8 Oil Type 0.01
L 0.01
L 0.01
L 0.01
L 0.01
L 0.01
L 0.01
L 0.01
L 0.01
L
9 Animal
Plant Oil 0.26 0.25 0.25 0.26 0.26 0.22 0.24 0.25 0.22
10 Fecal
Coliforms Number
3500
3800
3800
3200
3600
3600
2000
3000
3200
From the above table, it can be concluded that all monitoring values of pH,
ammonia nitrogen, COD, BOD5, oil type, total phosphorus, total nitrogen and
fecal coliforms number at 3 monitoring sections of Xinqiaohe River meet IV
class standard of Environmental Quality Standards for Surface Water
(GB3838-2002).
4.3.3 Acoustic Environment
(1) Monitoring Distribution Points
The Project sets one monitoring point respectively at East Plant Boundary,
South Plant Boundary, West Plant Boundary, North Plant Boundary, Xinqiao
Village, Hongyang Village, Xianfeng Middle School and Township Central
Hospital.
(2) Monitoring Time and Monitoring Approach
The Monitoring Center of Changsha Environmental Protection Career
Technical College performed the measure round the clock on October 23,
2011, and implemented the monitoring and analytical approaches in
accordance with relevant state standards and technical specifications.
61
(3) Statistics and Assessment on Monitoring Result
The monitoring result is shown in Table 4-6. We adopt equivalent consecutive
A sound level LAeq, and compare the class 2 standard of Acoustic Environment
Quality Standard (GB3096-2008), and conclude that the monitoring results of
all 8 noise monitoring points meet the standard requirement, which shows
sound quality of acoustic environment.
Table 4-6 Assessment Result Table for Status Quo of Acoustic Environment (Unit:
dB (A)
Day and Night Leq (dB) of Monitoring Date
Day and Night Leq (dB) of Monitoring Date
Monitoring Location
2011.10.23 2011.10.23 East Plant Boundary
42.7 36.9
South Plant Boundary
44.1 37.0
West Plant Boundary
44.9 37.4
North Plant Boundary
42.1 36.8
Xiaoqiao Village
44.7 37.3
Hangyang Village
43.5 37.1
Xianfeng Middle School
50.8 38.5
Township Central Hospital
46.1 37.6
Standard Value 60 50 Assessment
Result Up to Standard
Up to Standard
4.4 Basic Information for Major Concern on Safety Safeguard
Policies of the WB
Upon analysis, we find the Project doesn't involve dam safety (OP 4.37),
international watercourse (OP 7.50), natural habitat (OP/BP 4.04) and material
culture resource (OP 4.11), etc., and therefore we make no corresponding
elaboration in the assessment
62
5. Environmental Impact Assessment
The implementation of the Project will improve the infrastructure of Yueshan
Town, whereas, it will inevitably impose undesirable impact to ambient
environment, which are mainly reflected in construction and operation periods.
Among those, the Project content which imposes major impact to ambient
environment during construction period is the dust and noise from WWTP and
auxiliary pipe network construction. While major impact in operation period is
the affection of tail water from WWTP to water environment, and disposal of
undesirable odor and wastewater sludge.
5.1 Analysis on Impact of the Project to Human Health
The primary purposes for making assessment on human health impact lie in
analyzing and preventing diseases brought from the Project and putting
forward countermeasures to improve hygiene environment.
5.1.1 Environmental Benefits Brought by Implementation of the Project
After completion of the Project, the status quo that the raw wastewater of the
Project location is directly discharged into adjacent surface water will be
changed, and the raw wastewater will be collected, disposed by WWTP until
up to standard and discharged, which is in favorable of protecting the quality
of receiving water of Xinqiaohe River, and improving the environmental
hygiene condition of the Project location to some extent, bettering living
quality of local residents, and promoting social progress. The expected
environmental benefits of the Project are shown in Table 5-1.
Table 5-1 Expected Environmental Benefits of the Project Unit: t/a
Period BOD5 COD SS NH3-N TN TP Pre-implementation
of the Project 142.35 262.8 219 27.375 32.85 3.066 Post-implementation
of the Project 21.9 65.7 21.9 8.76 21.9 1.095 Abatement Quantity 120.45 197.1 197.1 18.615 10.95 1.971 Abatement Rate (%) 85 75 90 68 33 64
With the growing of population, expanding of urban size, and accelerating of
urbanization pace, environmental pollution problem of Yueshan Town has
evolved into an impediment to the development of social economy and
improvement of people’s livelihood. Implementation of the Project will relieve
the contradiction between economic development and environmental pollution
to some extent, improve the life quality and health level for the people of the
63
Project location, and promote sustainable development of local social
economy.
5.1.2 Analysis on Impact to Human Health
Some environmental hygiene problems, e.g. offensive odor of WWTP, and
spread of aerosol germ, etc. exist in the construction of WWTP project. They
will bring adverse impact to human health. Therefore, the environmental
assessment puts forward that the following countermeasures shall be adopted
to relieve or eliminate these adverse impacts:
(1) Eliminate the four pests (mosquito, fly, mouse and cockroach);
(2) Remove the wastewater salvage and wreck;
(3) Clean the structure in respect of sidewall of tank, guardrail, stairs,
sidewalk, air duct and etc. on a periodical basis;
(4) Remove domestic waste, and collect, pack and classify the waste; the
Environmental Hygiene Department shall clean up and dispose the sanitation
trash can filled with waste on a daily basis;
(5) Plant high forest around the site for deodorizing;
(6) Set up a health protection distance. After calculation in light of relevant
state regulations, the WWTP site for the Project is selected at least 50m
distance from the resident settlement.
5.2 Analysis on Impact to Environment in Construction Period
The environmental impact during the construction period of the Project comes
mainly from noise, dust, construction wastewater, construction waste, traffic
environmental impact, landscape ecology impact, water loss and soil erosion,
and other environmental issues.
5.2.1 Analysis on Dust Pollution Source and Environmental Impact
According to relevant research, the dust from construction site mainly comes
from running of transportation vehicle, which approximately accounts for 60%
of total dust, and is related to the road surface and vehicle running speed.
Under normal circumstances, the influence sphere of dust from construction
site and road is within 100m under the action of natural wind. In windy day,
the dust quantity and influence sphere will somewhat expand. The spoil, sand
and lime in construction period, if improper stored or scattered in loading or
delivery process, will give rise to dust with influence sphere of around 100m.
64
Another case which will give rise to dust is air storage of earth excavation,
with primary feature that the operation will be affected by the speed of wind. In
addition, due to the relationship between dust quantity of road and running
speed of vehicle, the faster speed of vehicle, the more dust quantity.
According to the analog investigation result, it shows that sprinkling water to
roads for 4-5 times every day will cut dust by around 70%. Table 5-2 gives the
practical measurement results of sprinkling water to suppress dust on
construction site.
Table 5-2 Measurement Result of Sprinkling Water to Suppress Dust
Distance from Construction Source (m) 5 20 50 100 No Water Sprinkling 10.14 2.89 1.15 0.86
TSP (Average Hour/mg. m3) Water Sprinkling 2.01 1.40 0.67 0.6
From data of the Table, it can be concluded that after adopting the
countermeasure of sprinkling water to suppress dust (for 4-5 times every day),
we greatly reduce the dust concentration (calculated in TSP), and cut the
influence sphere from 5-100m to 5-50m.
In light of the identification and screening results of environmental protection
target, along two sides of the Project pipe network, there are such sensitive
points as school, hospital and residential area, and the spacing distance
between the construction site and residential area is 10-100m. Therefore, the
impact of construction dust to ambient environment still exists. Although the
influence is temporary and dies away with construction period, we have to
take effective measure to relieve the adverse impact from construction dust to
the sensitive points of ambient environment during construction period.
5.2.2 Analysis on Impact of Construction Wastewater
(1) Pipeline Construction
Most of pipe network construction for WWTP is underway in the buildup area
of Yueshan Town, and the construction people may make use of the existing
living facilities around construction site, which does not established within the
construction site. Therefore, the construction wastewater is mainly from the
industrial wastewater.
The industrial wastewater is mainly from the flushing and maintenance water
of vehicle and mechanical equipment, with principal pollutants of SS and oil
type. If the wastewater is untreated, the direct discharge of raw wastewater
65
will have a certain impact on the quality of surface water. Therefore, we put
forward the following disposal requirements on the construction wastewater:
To minimize the construction floor area, the chase-digging width shall be
subject to the construction range of 5-10m distance along pipe distance line. It
is unfavorable to set up grating residue tank within this range to dispose the
flushing water of vehicle and mechanical equipment. In view of that, the
environmental assessment suggests that the vehicle and mechanical
equipment be flushed in a special flushing site instead of in the construction
site. Meanwhile, the construction shall avoid rainy season.
The construction unit may face oil leakage in mechanical equipment
maintenance. In light of National Hazardous Waste List, the waste oil belongs
to a hazardous waste (with series No. of HW08). Therefore, the construction
unit shall adopt special plastic bucket to collect and recover the leaked oil,
pour the collected oil to the waste oil storage tank, then the waste oil
procurement department will make onsite acquisition; if the waste oil is
dripped to the ground, it shall be wiped it out with cotton yarn in a timely
manner. After foresaid measures are taken, the waste oil generated from
maintenance of mechanical equipment will have little impact on the external
environment.
(2) Construction in the Plant area
During the building construction period, field cleaning, concrete preparation
and maintenance, construction and installation, and implementation of other
project will create a certain amount of construction wastewater. In addition, a
large number of construction people will create a certain amount of domestic
wastewater during construction period.
� Principal pollutants contained in the construction wastewater consist of
suspended substance, oil type and etc., which are, however, in low
discharge value. The wastewater grating residue tank will be set up in the
construction site for collection and grating residue of various industrial
wastewaters, which will be recycled in the site for water sprinkling and
dust suppression, instead of being discharged to surface water.
� The domestic wastewater of construction people will be recycled in the
site for water sprinkling and dust suppression upon simple grating residue
treatment, instead of being discharged to surface water.
66
5.2.3 Analysis on Impact of Noise
(1) Pipeline Construction
The construction noise in the course of pipe network construction comes
mainly from transportation vehicle and construction mechanical equipment,
e.g. excavator, bulldozer, and stirring machine, etc. In light of relevant
document, the common noise level of construction mechanical equipment and
transportation vehicle are shown in Table 5-3.
Table 5-3 List of Noise Level of Construction Mechanical Equipment
Name of Equipment Noise Level dB (A) Monitoring Distance (m) Pavement Roller 73-88 15
Scrapper 72-93 15 Bulldozer 67 30
Grader 80-90 15
Paver 82-92 15 Truck 70-95 15
Vibrator 69-81 15
The attenuation changes of noise with distance for principal machinery are
shown in Table 5-4.
Table 5-4 List of Attenuation Changes of Noise with Distance for Single Principal
Construction Machinery
Distance from Nosie source (m) Mechanical Equipment
15 50 100 150 200
Scrapper 72-93 41-62 33-54 29-50 27-48
Grader 80-90 49-59 41-51 37-47 35-45
Vibrator 69-81 38-50 30-42 26-38 24-36
Paver 82-92 51-61 43-53 39-49 37-47
From Table 5-4, it can be concluded that the nose level of single construction
machinery from over 100m away, will basically reach the noise limit for the
construction site. For the ongoing construction of pipe network Project, the
distance between both sides of pipeline and residential area varies from 5 to
100m. Upon the research, the closest distance between residential area and
the pipeline is 5m, and the closest school hospital 8m, which are both under
great influence of the noise during the construction period. In order to reduce
the impact, we put forward the following alleviating measures: arrange the
operation time of various construction mechanical equipment on a reasonable
basis, avoid large number of equipment of high-noise level put into operation
simultaneously, reduce night transport, and forbid night construction (22:00-
6:00). For the construction which has to be carried out in night, the
construction unit shall get prior approval from local environmental department
concerned and set up noise barrier between sensitive points and the noise
67
source; for the construction in school section, in parallel to making negotiation
with the school, and trying to arrange the construction of high-noise level in
winter vacation, summer vacation, two-day weekend or after school, the
construction unit shall also quicken the pace, shorten the duration, reduce the
influence time, and make high-noise construction overtime on two-day
weekend, so as to avoid interfering with school academic environment; for the
construction in hospital section, the construction unit shall make negotiation
with the hospital, and set up movable noise barrier.
(2) Construction in the Plant area
For the construction in the Plant area, in order to minimize the impact of noise,
especially the noise generated from construction machinery and
transportation vehicles, the construction unit shall arrange the operating time
of construction machinery on a reasonable basis during the construction
period, and the high-noise construction is prohibited in night; meanwhile, for
various construction stages, the construction unit shall carry out the
construction as stipulated in Noise Limits for Construction Sites (GB12523-
90), and adopt such measures as setting fence and using low-noise
equipment to strictly control the noise during the construction period.
The impact of construction period is temporary and will die away as the
construction period ends. After adopting relevant measures, the construction
unit may control the noise within acceptable range during the construction
period.
5.2.4 Analysis on Impact of Solid Waste
The solid waste generated during the construction period mainly consists of
muck and macadam, etc. excavated in the course of earthwork; supplies
consumed in the delivery course, including sand, stone and concrete, etc.;
and domestic waste of the construction people. According to the document
provided by the Project Feasibility Report, the excavated volume of stone and
earthwork during the pipe network construction period is calculated to be
32,000m3, earthwork volume 25,000m3, and residual spoil of 7,000m3, which
can be delivered and used for leveling land of WWTP area.
Primary impact of solid waste during the construction period covers:
(1) If overloaded, the vehicle will scatter the soil everywhere along the way;
the wheels are covered with soil, which will overspreads to the transport
68
highway; a road, which is dusty in a sunny day and sloppy in a rainy day, will
affect the passersby and vehicles and environmental quality.
(2) If the spoil disposal land is unknown or the spoil is stacked at random, it
will affect land utilization, and destroy the natural and ecological environment.
(3) The spoil requires a large number of vehicles in terms of transport, if
transported in the daytime, it will definitely have an impact to local traffic,
giving rise to heavy traffic.
(4) If the domestic waste can’t be disposed in a timely manner on a
reasonable basis, the environmental hygiene problems will bring negative
impact to human health.
All delivered spoils from pipe network construction, which are ordinary solid
waste without toxic ingredients, may be recycled to fill in the WWTP. Then the
construction unit may also consider delivering the spoil to the construction
project designated by the municipal administration and planning department
for embankment foundation and depression filling, or comprehensively use it
for landscaping along river. Therefore, the spoil disposal won’t have adverse
impact on the environment; and the domestic wastes, which are collected,
packed, and classified by the construction people, will be delivered by the
Environmental Hygiene Department for disposal, exerting little influence on
ambient environment.
5.2.5 Impact Analysis of Water Loss and Soil Erosion
(1) Pipeline Construction
In the pipe network construction, the earthwork excavation is adopted and the
remaining vegetation is to be eliminated, which will extend negative impact on
the existing vegetation in the district. The destruction to the vegetation during
the construction period cannot be avoided, causing surface soil bareness in
the Project district; the original terrain and landform will be changed in places
for excavating earthwork, storing useful wasted soils, and low laying filling,
causing soil erosion and water loss and soil erosion in the rainy season.
Therefore, the Contract shall strictly carry out the measures for keeping water
and soil and tamp the bare surface soil in time during the Project construction
period, ensuring not to give rise to water loss and soil erosion. The earthwork
shall be stored reasonably in the construction site. The sewer and the
watercourse shall be separated for certain distance. Construction materials
69
and wasted earthwork that fail to be carried away shall be covered with
tarpaulin in windy and rainy days.
There shall be places appropriate for the storage of the wasted earthwork
without storage at will after the excavation of the pipe network. With the water
and soil conservation scheme and the managerial measures strictly obeyed,
the water loss and soil erosion arising from the pipe network construction
during the construction period can be within the controllable range.
(2) Construction therein Area
Water loss and soil erosion in the construction of the WWTP Area mainly
reflect in the two aspects below: the vegetation that was destroyed in the
surface excavation is flushed and eroded in rains; various temporary
structures destroy the original vegetation, worsening the local water loss and
soil erosion. For example, the inappropriate management in the raw material
plant and the temporary storage plant of wasted earthwork may easily cause
sheet erosion and shallow ridge erosion. The construction phase inclined to
water loss and soil erosion in the Project is mainly in the construction of the
Plant Area. Generally, the experience formula (for not obviously eroded areas)
is adopted to estimate the potential water loss and soil erosion amount during
the construction period, with the amount to be 232t/a.
The engineering construction will destroy the original landform and vegetation,
change the natural movement of surface water, reduce the anti-erosion
capacity of the surface soil, and increase the surface runoff and washing
strength. The water loss and soil erosion arising from the engineering
construction, if not prevented in time and appropriately, will cause certain
harms.
5.2.6 Ecological Impact Analysis
(1) Impact on Landscape Ecology
During the pipe network construction, the pipe network laying area will be in a
mess due to the earth excavation and earthwork storage, which will always
leave people an impression of disorder though it’s separated with fences; the
leakage of wasted earthwork during the transportation stains the road and
raised dust, which also extends negative impact on the surrounding
landscape. Therefore, it’s of great importance to clean the construction site.
70
The negative impact on the landscape during the construction period is short-
term and can be recovered.
(2) Impact on Temporary Land Occupancy
The pipe network construction belongs to the temporary land occupancy.
Strict measures shall be taken during the temporary land occupancy
construction to protect the surface soil and avoid unrecoverable impact. After
the excavation, the surface soil (with a recommended thickness between 30
and 50cm) shall be collected and stored separately, and water loss and soil
erosion preventive measures shall be taken. After the completion of the
excavation, refill the underground soil, cover the surface soil evenly on the
surface, and tamp the site to reduce the impact on the soil quality. With
careful planning during the construction period and timely site cleaning and
greening after the completion of construction, the negative impact can be
controlled effectively.
(3) Impact on Permanent Land Occupancy
The WWTP belongs to the permanent land occupancy. First, elimination of
crops and sod reduces the vegetation cover ratio, and will cause small
amount of water loss and soil erosion. Second, the earthwork excavation or
filling changes the soil structure, reduces the soil-ripening degree, and affects
the soil productivity after reclamation yet without affecting the land utilization
modes. Farmland is generally for the permanent land occupancy of various
WWTPs, which reduces farmers’ land. The local government has formulated
compensation plans to readjust the Planting land, and the land owners shall
pay certain economic compensation to the farmers subject to the state
stipulations.
5.2.7 Impact on the Traffic
The impact extended by the pipe network net construction on the traffic can
be obvious. Although the stage construction method is available, some
earthworks need to be stored temporarily during the construction, which
affects the traffic in the roads along the line. When the pipe network crosses
the road, the traffic will be jammed with slotting adopted, which extends
relatively large impact on the traffic condition. Therefore, if permitted under the
geological and soil conditions, tube type construction may reduce the impact
of the road excavation. However, the bearing capacity (supporting power) of
71
the road drops, and cargo trucks shall be prohibited for short term, both of
which will affect the urban traffic. It’s estimated that the construction for over
20 days are necessary with pipelines crossing each road, with the impact on
the traffic lasting for 20 days or so. Pipeline construction on high streets has
obviously impact on the traffic. Therefore, we shall make careful plans, keep a
firm grasp on the construction, adopt the pipe-jacking for construction as far
as possible, meanwhile, negotiate with the local transportation administration
authorities and formulate temporary traffic routes prior to the construction,
inform the local residents of the construction impact, set up nameplate on the
construction site, and allocate special persons for dredging the traffic.
Moreover, further measures for prevention of traffic jam shall be taken to
reinforce the management during the construction period and reduce the
construction period.
The transport of raw materials (sands, cements, etc.) and wasted earth during
the construction period will increase the vehicle flow in short term. Therefore,
the transport shall avoid the traffic peaks, especially the rush hours.
5.2.8 Health and Safety Impact
The Project is with small project amount and construction people. But the poor
living conditions and hygiene conditions in the site and large labor intensity
may easily cause diseases. In order to ensure the construction safety, the
construction people shall have an overall physical inspection, people with
communicable diseases are prohibited entering the site, the staff of the
canteen shall have regular physical inspection, and people with epidemic
diseases shall be treated in time and transferred from the canteen to prevent
the spreading. Central water supply devices shall be set up and medical
health facilities and medical staff shall be allocated in the construction site.
The construction staff shall have labor protection to guard their health and
safety and ensure the smoothness of the Project.
5.3 Analysis of Impact on the Environment during the Operation
Period
Impact on the surrounding environment during the Project’s operation period
includes the impact of the WWTP on the water conditions, the treatment of
odor and sludge, etc.
72
5.3.1 Impact of the Project on Water Conditions
The qualified inflow and outflow water quality of the WWTP under normal and
full load is shown in Table 5-5.
Table 5-5 List of Inflow and Outflow Water Quality Designed for WWTP
Item CODcr BOD5 SS TN NH3-N TP
Inflow Water Quality 240 130 200 30 25 2. 8
Outflow Water Quality ≤60 ≤20 ≤20 ≤20 ≤8 ≤1. 0
(1) Tail water
According to the expected construction inflow water quality, with the discharge
water quality meeting the Standard B in the Pollutants Discharge Standard for
Urban WWTPs (GB18918-2002), the business accounting is subject to the full
load. The estimate result of load Cut of the WWTP is shown in Table 5-6.
Table 5-6 Pollutant Load Cut of WWTP Unit (t/a)
Period BOD5 COD SS NH3-N TN TP Water Amount 1095000 Before Treatment 142. 35 262. 8 219 27. 375 32. 85 3. 066 After Treatment 21. 9 65. 7 21. 9 8. 76 21. 9 1. 095 Cut 120. 45 197. 1 197. 1 18. 615 10. 95 1. 971 Cut Ratio (%) 85 75 90 68 33 64
From the above table, it can be concluded that after the operation of the
WWTP, the wastewater is treated collectively to the Plant through organized
pipe network, and the tail water that has been biochemical treated, deposited,
and disinfected is discharged. The pollutant concentration and discharge
amount in the Xinqiaohe River will drop largely, which has a favorable effect
on the alleviation of the pollution in the river, obviously improves the water
environment in the Xinqiaohe River, and extends a positive environmental
effect.
According to the Document [1999] No. 24 Notification on Development of
Pollutant Outlet Standardization and Regulation issued by the State
Environmental Protection Administration (SEPA), a signboard shall be set at
the wastewater outlet, an automatic monitor and a flow meter shall be
installed at the outflow, the standardized wastewater outflow shall be
constructed for the convenience of sample collection and daily monitoring and
management, the automatic online signal shall be connected to the
environmental system of Xiangtan City, and the assessing construction unit
shall entrust relevant qualified organizations to formulate the demonstration
73
report on drain outflow setting and submit it to the water administrative
authority for approval according to No. 22 Order Measures for the Supervision
and Control of Wastewater Outflows on Rivers issued by the Ministry of Water
Resources of People’s Republic of China.
(2) Analysis of Secondary Pollution Impact of Wastewater during the
Operation Period
The secondary pollution of wastewater during the operation of the Project
mainly includes the industrial wastewater arising from the sludge
dewatering equipment and the domestic wastewater in the Plant. According
to the feasibility report, the fixed number of staff needed for the Project is
21, and the domestic water is supplied by the deep-well pump in the Plant.
The amount of domestic water therein is 3. 1m3/d with the water yield
subject 100L/person · d, and the discharge amount of the whole plant is
1.79m3/d (i.e. 653.4m3/a) with the pollutant creation coefficient subject to
0.85. If the sludge dewatering equipment operates twice per day with the
water as the tail water treated by the wastewater treatment device and
15m3 of water per time, the production wastewater discharging amount is
30m3/d (i.e. 10,950m3/a). The total wastewater amount is 31.79m3/d (i.e.
11,603.4m3/a) which can enter the wastewater treatment equipment
through the wastewater pipelines therein and be discharged along with the
treated and standard project wastewater.
(3) Prediction on the quality of receiving water in Tixinqiaohe river
�basic conditions of Xinqiaohe River
Xinqiaohe River is originated from the hill near Yueshan Town. The water
source is rain. Its main function is irrigation and floods discharge. It runs into
Lianshui River at Tanshi Town. According to the Environmental Quality
Standards for Surface Water GB3838-2002 and its actual function,
Xinqiaohe River is confirmed to be IV class by Environmental Quality
Standards for Surface Water (GB3838-2002).
�prediction on section
The background section is confirmed by this assessment to be the section at
500m upper reaches of the WWTP outlet (section 1). The prediction sections
are at 800m lower reaches (section 2) and 2000m lower reaches of the
74
WWTP outlet (section 3).
�prediction factors
The factors for the prediction of Honghe water quality are COD, BOD5 and
NH3-N.
�prediction time period
It is planned to start prediction in 2017 and in low water period.
�prediction model
According to the prediction river's features in hydrology and pollutants,
suitable prediction models for water quality are selected. Xinqiaohe River is
a small sized river and can be simplified to be a rectangle and straight
river. The waste water of this project is domestic sewage, rich in organic
pollutants, and not persistant. The mixing process reach applies two-
dimensional stable-state mixing & attenuation model, and the total mixed
reach applies one-dimensional stable-state S-P model. The prediction
model are as below: See table 5-7 for the schedule of symbols and units in
the formula.
A two-dimensional stable-state mixing & attenuation model
B one-dimensional stable-state S-P model
Discharge at bank
75
Table 5-7 List for Meaning of Symbols and Units in the Formula
No. Symbol Meaning Unit
1 a Distance from the outlet to the bank m
2 B River width m
3 C Pollutant concentration, vertical concentration, section average
concentration mg/L
4 C0 Pollutant concentration at starting point mg/L
5 Ch Pollutant concentration at upper reaches mg/L
6 Cp Pollutant discharging concentration mg/L
7 D Oxygen deficiency mg/L
8 D0 Section oxygen deficiency at starting point mg/L
9 Dh Oxygen deficiency at upper reaches mg/L
10 g Acceleration of gravity m/s2
11 H Average depth m
12 K1 Oxygen consumption coefficient 1/d
13 K2 Reoxygenation coefficient 1/d
14 My Lateral mixing coefficient m2/s
15 Qp Waste discharging volume m3/s
16 Qh River flow rate m3/s
17 x y Coordinate in cartesian coordinate system m
18 xc Distance from the oxygen maximum deficiency point to the
starting point m
19 u Speed at X direction m
�selection of prediction parameters
Based on the Xinqiaohe River monitoring report from the environment
monitoring center of Changsha Environment Protection Vocational College
from Oct 21 to Oct 23, 2011, the hydrological parameters are as below:
Water temperature: 28.3� speed:0.3m/s flow rate�1.3m3/s water
depth�0.5m
Water width�6m distance from the outlet to the bank�1m K1=0.6/d�
K2=0.8/d
76
Pollutant concentration at upper reaches COD 14mg/l BOD5 3.57mg/l NH3-
N 0.55mg/l
See table 5-8 for the selection of the prediction parameters
Table 5-8 List for Prediction parameters of the Project Water Environment
Discharging
situation
Waste
volume t/a
COD
concentration
mg/L
BOD5
concentration mg/L
NH3-N concentration�
mg/L�
In normal 1095000 60 20 8
In accident 1095000 240 130 25
�predicted length of the mixing process reach
The predicted length of the mixing process reach is referred to the formula
stipulated in the Technical Guidelines for Environmental Impact Assessment:
Surface Water Environment, HJ/T2. 3-1993, which is as below:
From the above formula, the length of the mixing process reach where the
waste water of the project discharges into Xinqiaohe River is around 26m.
30m is taken to facilitate the calculation.
�prediction results and assessment
Take the outlet as the base point, river flow direction as X axis and the river
width as Y axis. The hydrological situation in the monitoring period is referred.
Two-dimensional stable-state mixing & attenuation model and one-
dimensional stable-state S-P model are employed to predict how the COD,
BOD5 and NH3-N, which are from the waste water of this project, affect
Xinqiaohe River in the mixing process reach and total mixed reach
respectively. See table 5-9 and 5-16 for the prediction results.
77
Table 5-9 Impact Value of the Wastewater on Xinqiaohe River on Condition that
COD is normal mixing process reach Unit mg/l
y
x y=0 y=1 y=2 y=3 y=4 y=5 y=6
x=10 15.0781 15.0824 15.0846 15.0847 15.0828 15.0789 15.0729
x=20 14.7642 14.7658 14.7667 14.7668 14.7661 14.7647 14.7625
x=30 14.6162 14.6171 14.6175 14.6176 14.6172 14.6164 14.6152
Table 5-10 Impact Value of the Wastewater on Xinqiaohe River in Case of COD
Accidents mixing process reach Unit mg/l
y
x y=0 y=1 y=2 y=3 y=4 y=5 y=6
x=10 18.3368 18.3538 18.3627 18.3633 18.3556 18.3397 18.3157
x=20 17.1055 17.112 17.1154 17.1158 17.1131 17.1074 17.0986
x=30 16.5375 16.5411 16.543 16.5432 16.5418 16.5386 16.5338
Table 5-11 Impact Value of the Wastewater on Xinqiaohe River on Condition that
BOD5 is normal mixing process reach Unit mg/l
/ y=0 y=1 y=2 y=3 y=4 y=5 y=6
x=10 3.8596 3.8612 3.8621 3.8621 3.8613 3.8597 3.8573
x=20 3.778 3.7786 3.7789 3.779 3.7787 3.7781 3.7772
x=30 3.7393 3.7397 3.7398 3.7399 3.7397 3.7394 3.7389
Table 5-12 Impact Value of the Wastewater on Xinqiaohe River in Case of BOD5
Accidents mixing process reach Unit mg/l
/ y=0 y=1 y=2 y=3 y=4 y=5 y=6
x=10 5.46 5.4706 5.476 5.4761 5.4709 5.4606 5.4451
x=20 4.937 4.9411 4.9433 4.9435 4.9417 4.9379 4.9322
x=30 4.6932 4.6955 4.6967 4.6969 4.6959 4.6938 4.6907
78
Table 5-13 Impact Value of the Wastewater on Xinqiaohe River on Condition that NH3-N is normal�mixing process reach� Unit�mg/l
/ y=0 y=1 y=2 y=3 y=4 y=5 y=6
x=10 0.6662 0.6668 0.6672 0.6672 0.6669 0.6662 0.6653
x=20 0.6339 0.6341 0.6343 0.6343 0.6342 0.6339 0.6336
x=30 0.6187 0.6189 0.619 0.619 0.6189 0.6188 0.6186
Table 5-14 Impact Value of the Wastewater on Xinqiaohe River in Case of NH3-N
Accidents mixing process reach Unit mg/l
/ y=0 y=1 y=2 y=3 y=4 y=5 y=6
x=10 0.9135 0.9156 0.9166 0.9166 0.9156 0.9136 0.9106
x=20 0.813 0.8138 0.8142 0.8142 0.8139 0.8132 0.8121
x=30 0.7662 0.7666 0.7668 0.7669 0.7667 0.7663 0.7657
Table 5-15 Impact Value of the Wastewater on Xinqiaohe River on Normal Conditions �complete mixed reach� Unit�mg/l
Pollutant
Distance m COD BOD5 NH3-N
100 15.14 4.01 0.74
200 15.08 3.99 0.74
300 15.03 3.98 0.74
400 14.97 3.97 0.74
500 14.92 3.95 0.73
600 14.86 3.94 0.73
700 14.80 3.92 0.73
800 14.74 3.91 0.72
900 14.69 3.89 0.72
1000 14.63 3.88 0.72
1500 14.35 3.80 0.70
2000 14.08 3.73 0.69
3000 13.5 3.56 0.66
4000 13.03 3.43 0.64
79
5000 12.5 3.30 0.61
Table 5-16 Impact Value of the Wastewater on Xinqiaohe River on
Condition of Accident �complete mixed reach� Unit�mg/l pollutant
distance m COD BOD5 NH3-N
100 19.85 6.86 1.19
200 19.77 6.83 1.18
300 19.70 6.81 1.18
400 19.62 6.78 1.17
500 19.54 6.75 1.17
600 19.47 6.72 1.16
700 19.40 6.70 1.16
800 19.32 6.68 1.15
900 19.25 6.65 1.15
1000 19.17 6.62 1.15
1500 18.80 6.50 1.12
2000 18.45 6.37 1.10
3000 17.75 6.13 1.06
4000 17.08 5.90 1.02
5000 16.43 5.68 0.98
From the prediction results, it can be found that under the hydrological
conditions during the monitoring period, the COD�BOD5 and NH3-N
concentration in the mixing process and total mixed reaches are all within the
IV class standard of Environmental Quality Standards for Surface
Water�GB3838-2002�after the waste water of this project discharged into the
Xinqiaohe River in normal situation; but in accidental situation, the BOD5
concentration of the total mixed reaches exceeds the IV class standard of
Environmental Quality Standards for Surface Water�GB3838-2002�a little
within the 4km scope of the lower reaches of the outlet.
�impact analysis of the sensitive points at lower reaches
80
According to date collection and on-site inspection, Xinqiaohe River is mainly
used for irrigation and discharging floods. There is no central drinking water
source and water environment sensitive and protective target, but a few
irrigation sources, within 5000m scope of the lower reach of the outlet. From
the prediction results, the waste water of the project ensures the Xinqiaohe
River water to meet the requirements of Farmland Irrigation Water
Standard�GB5084-92� in both normal and accidental situations. As a result,
the waste water discharging of this project does not change the function of
Xinqiaohe River and hardly affects the lower reaches of the outlet.
Based on the research, Xinqiaohe River runs into Lianshui River at the lower
reaches and is 25km from the outlet of this project. According to the
stipulation of Water Environment Function Classification for Human Province
Main Surface Water, the water course from the inter section of Lianshui
Shuangfeng Town and Xiangxiang to the 1000m upper reaches of Xiangxiang
Second Water Plant is for landscaping and recreation and complies with III
class standard of Environmental Quality Standards for Surface Water
�GB3838-2002�. It will not exert significant adverse impact to the Lianshui
water or affect negatively to the water quality of the resource of Lianxiang
Second Water Plant; the waste water discharged in accidental situation can
meet the III class standard of Environmental Quality Standards for Surface
Water (GB3838-2002) even at 5000m lower reaches of the outlet, so it will not
exert significant adverse impact to the Lianshui water or affect negatively to
the water quality of the resource of Lianxiang Second Water Plant.
Based on the prediction results and analysis conclusion, the waste water of
the project discharged in accidental situation has some adverse impact to the
water quality of the lower reaches of Xinqiaohe River, but does not affect the
use of the lower reaches water. The construction unit should strengthen the
management of construction and operation of the project, maintain the
equipment well, make measures for such as emergencies, and take every
effort to reduce the accident rate and undesirable effects.
5.3.2 Solid Waste
The solid waste during the operation of the Project mainly includes sludge and
domestic waste.
5.3.2.1 Sludge
81
The solid waste in the WWTP mainly comprises grating residues, sand
deposit tank residues, dewatered sludge, and domestic waste, all of which are
easy to decay and odor with microorganism actions in certain temperature
and humidity, especially in sultry days. The dewatered sludge has the worst
impact on the surrounding environment featuring � high water content (≤80%)
and easy discharge; � fine and smooth grains and poor water permeability; �
potential breeding place for flies, thus, a potential spreading source for
diseases; and � potential source of percolate which will pollute the surface
water and underground water.
(1) Sludge Component Analysis
Wastewater collected in the pipe network net of the Project WWTP mainly
includes the domestic and industrial wastewater in the town with the latter
mainly coming from the Spring Wood, the Rea Sea Wood, and Xiangxiang
Weaving Factory. According to the developmental plan of Yueshan Town, the
priority lies in the industrial line derived from agricultural deep processing
industry such as the crop industry to form an industrial colony. Meanwhile,
great efforts are made to push the business operation mode of “leading
enterprises+ bases+ farmers”, to develop agriculture industrialization centered
with agricultural and sideline product processing, and the traditional
agriculture has been on the rise. Moreover, the development trend of the third
industry centered with trading, accommodation, and tourism is coming into
being. It can be seen that the industrial development in Yueshan Town mainly
lies in the agriculture processing and food processing, and the quality of
wastewater from enterprises of this kind is relatively simple mainly including
organic high-concentration wastewater without heavy meal generally.
Therefore, it’s confirmed through analogy that the sludge from the WWTP is
generally ordinary industrial solid wastes free of heavy metals which can go
for sanitary land fill in the landfill site after stabilization treatment such as
concentration, and dewatering.
(2) Environmental Impact of the Sludge Treatment Plant
� Impact of Sludge Dewatering on the Environment
The sludge is generally concentrated prior to dewatering. It odors in the
concentration, and there is fluid mud on the tank which is a breeding bed for
flies especially in hot summer.
82
The dewatering room may odor in the dewatering of the concentrated sludge;
the leakage in the process will cause environmental pollution.
� Impact of Sludge Storage on the Environment
The dewatered sludge shall be cleaned away in time, and the sludge that fails
to be transported in time shall be stored in temporary sites. The dewatered
sludge will turn into thick liquid easily if caught in water with high mobility and
easy to flow away; with the rain flushing, the leaching water with a large
amount of pollutants dissolved will pollute the surface and underground water.
Therefore, the dewatered sludge cannot be stored in clutters but in temporary
storage sites equipped with impermeable layer specially for the processing
and covered with canopy. Moreover, since the dewatered sludge isn’t
stabilized completely, it will have anaerobic digestion with a long time of
storage with odorants such as H2S affecting the air quality. The sludge
storage site is a breeding bed for flies, which extends negative impact on the
environmental sanitation. As for these concerns, the dewatered sludge shall
be cleaned away in time rather than being stored in the Plant.
� Impact of Sludge Transport on the Environment
Currently, the sludge is mainly transported in trucks. If the trucks and wheels
are stained with a lot of sludge in the load and unload, or the trucks are with
poor sealing performance, the sludge will be leaked on the road along,
causing pollution. The dewatered sludge shall be prevented from leaking and
scattering in the transport, and the trucks shall be covered and not overloaded
to avoid the impact on the road sanitary and surrounding environment.
Therefore, closed carrier vehicles for the special purpose shall be used to
transport the sludge to the landfill sites regularly. Meanwhile, the sludge
transport time shall be controlled strictly with rush hours avoided as far as
possible. All in all, the transport of sludge is an issue of great importance.
(3) Sludge treatment Method
According to the survey, the sludge arising from the WWTP is characterized
by: � the water content as high as 99%, large volume, and difficulties in
disposal and transport. It shall be treated with decrement for the convenience
of transport and follow-up treatment; � high content of organics that are
unstable and easy to decay. The content needs to be reduced to stabilize the
sludge; � some disease germs and parasitic ovum which are the media of
83
epidemic diseases. They can affect the public hygiene and the health safety,
and shall be disposed appropriately; � necessity of avoiding secondary
release of phosphorous. All in all, the sludge, if not treated properly, will create
secondary pollution and increase the costs of chemical dephosphorization in
the filtration liquid. Therefore, the sludge shall be pretreated prior to the final
treatment.
The sludge in the Project, after going through three pre-treatment procedures
of concentration and dewatering, has its water content dropping below 60%,
and reaches a stable state in the end. The final disposal of sludge is to deliver
the dewatered sludge cake to the waste transfer station, then compress it with
urban domestic waste, and at last send it to the Quanhu Garbage Disposal
Plant in Xiangxiang City, 28km away from the WWTP, in a sanitary and safe
way. The sludge transport route chart is shown in Figure 6.
(4) Feasibility and Reliability Analysis of Sludge treatment Methods
� Feasibility Analysis of Sludge Stabilization
The process for the stabilization of sludge in common use includes: anaerobic
digestion, aerobic digestion, heat treatment, heating to dry, heating
stabilization, etc. The sludge treatment adopts DEST Process in the Project
since the sludge age is long and the residual sludge has been approximately
stable. According to the Code for Design of Outdoor Sewerage Engineering
GB50014-2006, when the wastewater is treated with biological phosphorous
and nitrogen removal, the residual sludge shall be concentrated mechanically
without digestion.
The sludge dewatering is to further reduce the water content and the sludge.
The ways of the dewatering of the sludge are nature air drying, mechanical
dewatering, sludge drying, incineration, etc. The widely used way of
dewatering in WWTPs at home and abroad is mechanical dewatering with
mainly centrifugal dewaterer, belt dewaterer and board-box dewaterer etc.
The sludge water content is within 75-85% after the above three treatments,
which dose not meet the requirement for landfill and is a prevailing problem in
WWTPs at home. At present, some domestic companis, based on the existing
dewatering method, have developed the new technology of Deep Dewatering
with Sludge Treatment and Board & Frame Compression and Filtration, which
is successfully applied in the WWTPs in eatern coastal area (such as
84
Guangzhou, Xiamen, Hangzhou, Wuxi, Shanghai etc.) . The key technics of
this technology is to treat the sludge with medicament (such as inorganic or
organic substance and active bacteria), break cell membrane, release bound
water, absorption water, cell water, and improve the dewatering performance
of the sludge, making the sludge water content lower than 60% after
treatment. The detail treatment technics is as below:
After deep dewartering treatment, the sludge could be 40% lower in
concentration than that treated by traditional mechanic dewatering. It is noted
that since the water content of the sludge is reduced to 80% with belt
dewaterer, the medical dosage put in the following treatment is less than that
in non-dewatering process at a proportion of 3%; the smell value of the sludge
is around 3 degrees which is acceptable basically; the quality of the
dewatered sludge is quite sturdy and fundamentally stabilised; the lost
organics is less than 2%.
The above sludge treatment technology is practiced in the Xiaoshan Linjiang
WWTP and Qige WWTP in Hangzhou. According to the on-site inspection and
research, the above two WWTPs are well operated with the water content of
the sludge after treatment kept below 60%, meeting the state and local
requirements for landfills.
Considered the conditions of the project, incineration is not fit for the project
as it needs large investment, easily causes secondary pollution, and demands
highly for management; there is no suitalbe farmland found near the project to
absorb the sludge, and if managed improperly the sludge recycled to use in
the farmland will easily cause earth contamination, therefore the safe and
stabilisation treatment of the sludge to use in farmland is not fit for the project
too. The technological and operational cost of the deep dewatering technicis
with sludge treatment and board & frame compression and filtration is larger
than that of the traditional sludge treatment technics. However it has a higher
dewateing efficiency and meets the state and local requirements for landfills,
The sludge with the water content of 99.3%
Reach 80% after belt dewatering
Treat with the dehydrant (mixed 75% organics and 25% inorganics)
Reach the water content of around 55% after board & frame dewatering
Blend for
85
moreover there is a landfill near the project. As a result, the measure to
employ the deep dewatering technics with sludge treatment and board &
frame compression and filtration and then ship to landfill for buring is quite fit
for the project.
� Feasibility Analysis of the Final Sludge treatment
The final disposal of sludge is to deliver the dewatered sludge cake to the
waste transfer station, then compress it with urban domestic waste, and at last
send it to the Quanhu Garbage Disposal Plant in Xiangxiang City, 28km away
from the WWTP, in a sanitary and safe way.
According to the Notification on Strengthening Sludge Pollution Prevention
and Treatment of Urban WWTPs (Huanban [2010] Document No. 157) issued
by General Office of Ministry of Environmental Protection, local environmental
protection authorities at all levels shall connect the reality, formulate specific
embodiment, reinforce the supervision over the whole process including the
sludge creation, transfer, and disposal, strictly strike illegal dumping and
disposal, adjust measures to local conditions, push forward the
comprehensive utilization of land filling, incineration, building materials, and
the current industrial kilns (e. g. utility boilers, cement kilns, etc.), and promote
the harmless treatment ratio. Meanwhile, according to the requirements on
land filling wastes in the Standard for Pollution Control on the Landfill Site of
Municipal Solid Waste (GB16889-2008), the water content in the sludge after
treatment shall be less than 60% before being sent to the domestic waste
landfill.
The scope of services of the Project covers the center township of Yueshan
Town with the following objective: The WWTP only accepts domestic
wastewaters and similar industrial wastewaters, or industrial wastewaters in
line with national discharge standards after pre-treatment and being treated
with domestic wastewaters. Therefore, the Project is a domestic WWTP with
the sludge components generally identical with those of other plants.
According to the Notification on Strengthening Sludge Pollution Prevention
and Treatment of Urban WWTPs (Huanban [2010] Document No. 157) and
the Standard for Pollution Control on the Landfill Site of Municipal Solid Waste
(GB16889-2008), the sludge in the Project, after the pre-treatment, can be
sent to the Xiangxiang Quanhu Garbage Disposal Plant for the final treatment
86
with the water content below 60%. Meanwhile, compared with the practical
operation experience of Hengshan County WWTP, the sludge arising from the
WWTP is to be disposed in the garbage landfill site, which is feasible
technically.
According to the General Planning of Yueshan Town, Xiangxiang City (2006-
2020) and Project Feasibility Study Report of Rural Environmental Connecting
Sectors Regulation Demonstration Area in Yueshan Town, Xiangtan City and
Xiangxiang City, the waste transfer station of Yueshan Town is located
Yemaotuo Group of Yuntian Village, at the junction of Hongyang Village and
Yuntian Village, occupying a total volume of 32m3 and a total investment of
RMB890,000, including a buried horizontal garbage compressor, a vertical
garbage compressor, and a garbage transfer truck. The domestic waste is
sent to the landfill site after being compressed and dewatered in the transfer
station. It is after on-site survey that the waste transfer station, around 7km
away from the Project, has been generally built and yet come into use.
Xiangxiang Quanhu Garbage Disposal Plant, built for the domestic waste of
Xiangxiang residents, is located in Quanhu Village, Longdong Town,
Xiangxiang City, around 28km away from the Project. The landfill site is
divided into two districts, the District I with a volume of 2,540,000m3
approaching to the completion and the District II with an investment of RMB
59,800,000, a floor area of 254. 76mu (1mu=667m2), a volume of
2,540,000m3, and daily capacity of 400t. The District II adopts harmless
disposal including the wastewater treatment system, landfill gas combustion
system, the management system, the landfill system, etc. The sludge is
planned to be sent for sanitary land fill in the District II after the completion of
the Project.
To sum up, it is feasible for the sludge arising from the operation of the
WWTP, after the pre-treatment in the Plant, to be mixed with the urban
domestic waste and compressed in the waste transfer station, and then sent
to the Xiangxiang Quanhu Garbage Disposal Plant for sanitary land fill mixing
with the urban domestic waste.
5.3.2.2 Domestic waste
The fixed number of staff needed in the operation period of the Project is 21,
and the domestic waste generated therefrom is 21kg/d, i.e. 7.665t/a. The
87
domestic waste, if not disposed properly, will breed a large amount of flies,
leading to epidemic diseases and affecting staff’ hygiene safety and health.
5.3.3 Impact on Air Quality
The impact caused by the sludge treatment devices on the air is mainly the
odors. In the wastewater treatment, the organics in the sludge resolves to
create odors under anaerobic condition with the content related to the
temperature. The odor is severe in summer, mainly blending NH3 and H2S. It
mainly originates from gratings, the sand deposit tank, the gas exposal pond,
the sludge dewatering plant, and the sludge storage pond, and the DEST
reaction district is in the buried type. Therefore, the unorganized odor
discharge mainly originates from the sludge dewatering plant and the sludge
pond.
The WWTP has a relatively small scale and is the buried type with a small
amount of odor. Therefore, the impact on the surrounding environment cased
by the odor is not to be predicted but explained by means of setting health
protection distance in the EIA. The formula of the health protection distance,
the calculating process, and the parameters are shown in Appendix 2.
88
Table 5-17 Calculation Result of the Project’s Health Protection Distance and Its
Relation with the Sensitive Points
Calculation Result of Health
Protection Distance (m)
Protection Distance in the Respective Plant
Boundary (m)
Sensitive Point
Direction and Distance (m)
Meet the Requirements of the Health
Protection Distance or
Not East Plant
Boundary 0
Xinqiao Village
North-east Side, 100
Yes
West Plant
Boundary 45
Bailong Village
West Side, 130
Yes
South Plant
Boundary 24
Hongyang Village
South-east Side, 150
Yes
50
North Plant
Boundary 37 / / Yes
It has been calculated that the health protection distance of the projected
WWTP is 50m. It is in accordance with the “Urban Wastewater Treatment
Project Standards”, which stipulates that the wastewater and the sludge
treatment facilities which create odors “shall be far away from the residential
area outside the Plant, and correspond to the relevant regulations. When it
can not meet the requirement, the distance between the residential area
outside the Plant and the production facility which create odors in the WWTP
shall not be less than 50~100m”.
Due to the fact that the distance between the WWTP under construction and
the main environmental protection targets meets the requirement of the health
protection distance, the odor resulting from the operation of the WWTP has
less impact on the main protection targets.
5.3.4. Impact on the Acoustic Environment
The acoustic source of the WWTP mainly originates from various pumps,
which concentrate in the inflow pump room, sludge dewatering room, return
sludge pump and air blower housing. The Noise intensity is shown in Table 5-
18.
89
Table 5-18 Analysis of the Noise Impact
Noise Intensity (dB (A) ) Name of Equipment Before the Protective
Measures After the Protective
Measures Wastewater Pump 90~100 80
Sludge Pump 90~100 80 Air Compressor 95~105 85
Transportation vehicle 75~80 /
Air Blower 80~90 80
As seen from Table 5-8, if the noise control and noise countermeasures are
not taken, the noise intensity can reach 105dB (A). However, the intensity
drops to around 20dB (A) after the installation of the silencer and the
construction being airtight.
The main equipments that cause noise in the project are water pumps, air
compressor, air blower, etc. The air blower in the generator room is 80~90 dB
(A). After the noise elimination and noise insulation measures have been
taken, the noise will reduce to 80dB (A). The pumps are often placed in the
Plant, and the noise level is 90~100dB (A). After the noise elimination and
noise insulation measures have been taken, the noise will reduce to 80dB (A).
After the outdoor and distance attenuation, the noise in the Plant Boundary
can meet the “Emission Standard for Industrial Enterprises Noise at
Boundary” (GB12348-90) Category 2 (daytime: 60dB (A); and night-time:
50dB (A)).
90
6. Countermeasures
According to the analysis of the environmental impact, the Chapter describes
the countermeasures for two periods, inclusive of the construction period and
the operation period respectively.
6.1. Countermeasures during the Construction Period
6.1.1 Waste Gas
6.1.1.1 Construction of the Pipe Network
During the process of the wastewater network and pipeline construction,
because the construction site is close to the residential area, the construction
dust pollution will exist. The following countermeasures may be taken:
a. Strengthen the construction management to achieve civilized construction.
Load and discharge the construction materials lightly;
b. Cover the vehicles which transport lime, sand and stone material, cement,
etc. That cause dust easily with tarpaulins;
c. Surround and enclose the construction site with colorful steel plates;
d. Water and cover the temporary stockpiling place of the earthwork with
overlay network to prevent dust.
6.1.1.2 Construction of the Plant Area
During the construction of the WWTP, it is inevitable to generate construction
dust. So in order to reduce the impact it causes to the surrounding
environment, the following countermeasures may be taken:
a. Strengthen the transportation management; put ceilings on the vehicles;
and make sure that overloading is not allowed;
b. Water the road frequently to decrease the dust pollution;
c. Prohibit piling up the construction waste, especially discarding them outside
the property line;
d. Surround and enclose the construction site with colorful steel plates;
e. Watered and cover the temporary stockpiling place of the earthwork with
overlay network to prevent dust;
f. Strengthen the construction management to achieve civilized construction.
The construction materials shall be loaded and discharged lightly;
g. Do not overload. Make sure that there’s no spatter from the soil loading
vehicles. Wipe out the soil before the vehicle leaving the construction site to
91
prevent it from falling along the road;
h. Carry out labor protection for construction people. Wear the dusk mask.
6.1.2 Noise
6.1.2.1 Construction of the Pipe Network
The noise generated from the process of construction will cause certain
impact on the surrounding environment. In order to reduce it, the following
countermeasures may be taken:
a. Arrange the schedules properly for the various machines. Avoid the
simultaneous work of a large number of high-noise equipment, which shall be
arranged at day time. Decrease the transportation at night. Prohibit
constructing at night (22:00~6:00). For the construction work that must be
done at night, obtain the approval from the relevant environmental protection
department and set the sound-proof protective screen between the acoustic
source and the sensitive points;
b. When constructing on the section of the road where a school locates, the
construction unit must negotiate with the school to arrange the high-noise
construction in winter and summer holidays, weekends or after school time
within the construction period. At the same time, pick up the speed to shorten
the construction time, thus reduce the influencing time. Carry out the high-
noise work intensively to avoid disturbing the study environment;
c. When constructing on the section of the road where a hospital locates, the
construction unit shall consult with the hospital and set the movable sound-
proof screen.
6.1.2.2 Construction of the Plant Area
During the construction period, the noise is mainly from the construction
machinery and transportation vehicles. In order to reduce the noise impact on
the lowest, the following measures may be taken:
a. Arrange the working time properly for the various construction machines.
Prohibit the usage of high-noise machinery at night.
b. For the different construction period, construct in accordance with the
regulation of “Noise Limits for Construction Site” (GB12523-90). Take the
countermeasures of setting the protective screen, choosing the low-noise
equipment, etc. To control the noise strictly.
c. Choose the low-noise equipment, such as hydraulic machinery instead of
92
fuel machinery. Install silencer to the blender.
d. Reduce the noise of the fixed mechanical equipment and earth cutting and
moving equipment, like bulldozers, etc. by installing exhaust pipe silencer and
isolating engine vibration components.
e. Maintain and conserve the power generating machine on a regular basis.
6.1.3 Wastewater
6.1.3.1 Construction of the Pipe Network
The Wastewater in the construction of the pipe network period is mainly
industrial wastewater, which mainly comes from wash water of vehicles and
mechanical equipment as well as the maintenance of the machinery. The
major pollutants are SS, petroleum. In order to ease the impact they cause to
the surrounding environment, the following measures may be taken:
a. On the basis of the physical truth of the construction of the pipe network,
the washing of the vehicle and mechanical equipment will not be done in the
construction site, but specialized washing site.
b. The construction time shall avoid the raining season.
c. Recycle the leaking oil using the barrel catching method. Use the special
plastic barrel to catch the oil and pour them into the waste oil storage tank.
The purchase department will drop by and purchase the waste oil. If the waste
oil drops on the ground, use the cotton yarn to rub-up.
6.1.3.2 Construction of the Plant Area
During the WWTP construction period, the Wastewater is mainly construction
wastewater generated from the site washing, concrete preparation and the
process of the maintenance and installation, as well as the constructors’
domestic wastewater. In order to ease the impact it causes to the surrounding
environment, the following measures may be taken:
a. The Construction of the Plant Area unit shall set the grating residue basin,
so the raining wastewater, ponding etc. can be used for washing and watering
after processed by grating residue method and reach the standard.
b. Build simple and easy domestic installation in the construction site. The
kitchen wastewater needs to be oil-removed, sedated and then used for
watering. Build temporary pit rest rooms; clean and transport the waste out on
a regular basis.
93
6.1.4 Solid Waste
The solid waste during the construction period mainly include: the residue soil
and gravels dug from the earthwork; the material wastage during transporting,
including sandstone, concrete etc.; the construction people’s domestic waste.
If they are disposed improperly, the ecological environment will be damaged,
and harmful impact will be brought to the human body. The following
measures may be taken:
a. The domestic waste shall be collected into bags, classified and transported
together by the environmental protection department.
b. Establish a pit rest room in the construction site of the WWTP. Hollowed
them out on a regular basis and transported the excrement out as the fertilizer
of the nearby farmland.
c. The construction waste shall be classified. Those which may be recycled
shall be recycled in time by a specially-assigned person, while those non-
recyclable ones shall be used as the refill of the WWTP.
d. The construction unit shall dispose the construction waste according to the
“City Construction Waste Management Regulation”. Before disposition, put
forward an application to the environmental protection department and
transport the waste according to the provided route and time. Reduce the
amount of the waste, detoxicate them and made them useful. According to the
city construction condition, consult the city construction department and the
environmental protection department to use those waste as the preferential
refill material. If they can not be disposed fully, they shall be transported out of
town and piled up properly.
6.1.5 Ecological Environment
(1) Choose the proper waste soil, residue site, and bank them up reasonably.
It’s best to use them directly. Carry out each project section in different stages
to reduce the impact on the scenery.
(2) The digging and refilling of the earthwork shall avoid the raining season.
Finish the refill and the side slope disposition before the raining season;
(3) Dug discharge ditches around the spoil area to avoid the soil erosion in
raining seasons. Cover the temporary stock dump with soil after construction.
(4) Set up environmental protection and supervising institute and appoint
specially-assigned persons. Strengthen the management and environmental
94
protection publicity to remind people of protecting the environment. Prohibit
the deforestation of the construction people. In the contract, the contractor
must construct in the boundary of the land and transport the spoil to the
appointed location.
6.1.6 Social Environment
(1) Inform the residence along the area about the construction of the pipe
network in advance. Ask for instructions of the relevant department about the
notification of vehicles’ route change due to the construction of the pipe
network in advance and inform the residence.
(2) If the construction of the pipe network crosses and conflicts with the public
facilities of city water supply, electric power, communication, etc., discuss and
exchange ideas with the relevant departments and authorities concerned in
advance. Draw up construction plans for different sections. Explicate with the
construction unit the possibility of the damage of the public facilities as well as
avoiding and solving measures.
(3) Negotiate with the police officer and the traffic control administrative
department the organization of the city transportation. Take the
countermeasures of sending specially-assigned persons to assist the traffic
control and shortening the construction period to ease the pressure to the
fullest
(4) Set up the crosswise extraditing board and guardrail to reduce the impact
it causes to the traffic.
(5) In order to guarantee the city discharge unobstructed, take the diversion
and pump using measure. In the section where the condition allowed, use the
diversion measure, otherwise use the pump to drain away the water to make
sure the discharge unobstructed.
(6) Formulate a scientific construction plan; arrange the construction activities
properly. Separate the network transformation into sections. Take the scheme
of digging a section, recovering a section, which can avoid excavating and
reduce the due caused visual pollution, traffic blocking and harmful impact to
commercial activities. Get the citizens’ understanding by enhancing the
publicity of the construction. Revegetate the area at the end of the
construction.
(7) Treat the road section that has sensitive point like schools, hospitals, etc.
95
as intensive protection section. Water the road to make the dust fall; prevent
the noise and evacuate the traffic.
(8) Improve the condition of the temporary occupying of the roads: Optimize
the design scheme and construction route; decrease the temporary occupied
land as much as possible in the project design; reduce the treading and press
of the green belt. Transplant the turfs and trees on the land instead of damage
at will. Afforest the surface of the refill land in time.
(9) The protection of the material culture resources: If culture relics, ancient
tomb, etc. being discovered, stop the site operation temporarily. Inform the
relevant Cultural relics department; send specialized personnel to investigate
on site to decide whether to save or unearth them.
6.2 Countermeasures during the Operating Period
6.2.1 Waste Gas
The mainly waste gas in the operating period is odor. The wastewater
treatment measure is land filling. In order to alleviate the impact that the odor
caused to the surrounding environment, the following countermeasures may
be taken:
(1) Take into consideration that the smell is heavy in summer and the
characteristic of the prevailing wind direction, optimize the plane layout. Built
the main facility like sludge tank, dehydrating room in the down wind direction
or side wind direction to keep the health protection distance between those
sensitive points.
(2) After the completion and operating of the project, strengthen the
production management. Control the respective productive technology link
that create odors; establish and perfect the system of personnel responsibility
and supervising.
(3) Safety management. After the completion and operating of the project,
carry out the staff accident management training. Maintain the monitoring
instruments on a regular basis, so that they can operate normally and fully
perform the monitor and control function. If any persons come into the pump
room, pay attention to the ventilation to avoid the excessively sedated H2S
and NH3 which cause harm to the human body.
(4) Plan well. In accordance with the health protection distance, the planning
96
department shall re-plan the land in those areas; explicitly prohibit the
construction of sensitive facilities like new residential area, schools, medical
establishment, etc.
(5) Strengthen the forestation. It is inevitable that the WWTP has odor,
therefore the forestation plan is very important in the improving of the
environment quality. The afforest design and construction drawing design shall
be completed at the same time. The principal of the forestation is to eliminate
the bareness land, plant the flowers and plants on a large scale. Plant arbor,
bushes, pine trees, etc. on the both sides of the road; plant tall and big trees
like poplar and locust trees on the boundary of the Plant to form a multilayer
protective forest and to reduce the impact of the odor pollution.
6.2.2 Wastewater
In order to guarantee the effluent index of the WWTP meets the requirement,
the following countermeasures may be taken:
(1) Before the industrial wastewater flowing into the WWTP, pre-treat them to
reach the “Discharge Standard for Municipal Waste Water” (CJ18-86) and
“Integrated Wastewater Discharge Standard” (GB8978-1996) Third level. In
the mean time, the harmful, toxic first category pollutants which can
accumulate in the animal body and cause harm to the human body must be
confined and processed in the workshop. Only when it reaches the standard,
can it be discharged into the WWTP.
(2) Before the discharged water flowing into the network of the medical
establishment, they must reach the relevant scale pollutant index limit
requirement in GB18466 2005 “Discharge Standard of Water Pollutants for
Medical Organization”.
(3) Strengthen the project construction and operating management. Make
sure the wastewater treatment facility and efficiency meet the design standard
and requirement. Guarantee long term, stable, normal operation and the
wastewater reaching the standard before discharging.
(4) Establish and perfect the respective environmental management rules and
regulations; implement comprehensively the staff professional training plan.
(5) Maintain and conserve the equipment carefully. Reduce and get rid of the
abnormal circumstances; avoid the discharge that exceed the standard;
97
prevent the accidentally risk discharge.
(6) Strengthen the standardized management of the wastewater draining exit.
Set the wastewater automatic metering mechanism, automatic ratio sampling
apparatus at the terminal exit. Install online monitor device to control the main
water quality index like pH, water temperature, COD, etc.
(7) Setting up standby equipment; establish an emergency pre-arranged
planning to prevent the bad consequence from happening when problems
occur.
(8) Domestic wastewater and sludge wash water shall follow the wastewater
conduit into the wastewater treatment facility. Discharge them along with the
construction wastewater after reaching the standard.
6.2.3. Noise
It is proposed to take the following control measures for noise during the
operation period of the Project:
(1) Select low-noise standard products in the production workshops with big
noise such as wastewater pump, sludge pump, air blower and dewatering
rooms, with noise reduction measures such as shock pad or flexible joint
being taken when installing.
(2) Conduct noise insulation treatment to the partition between the operating
room and equipment room, and to the doors and windows of the equipment
room, so as to reduce the impact of direct noise on the human body.
(3) Use the acoustic range principle to reduce the noise impact, with the
space between acoustic source and building being kept to the maximum in the
general layout, so as to provide the staff in the WWTP with a good working
environment.
(4) In combination with the Project construction, plant tall trees and shrubs
which together form the mixed shelter belt to expand the green area therein,
so as to achieve the acoustic absorption and noise reduction effect with
vegetation.
6.2.4. Solid Waste
The solid waste generated during the operation period of the Project mainly
includes domestic waste and sludge, among which the domestic waste is
collected and transported to the landfill site, while the sludge treatment is
conducted in accordance with the Notification on Strengthening Sludge
98
Pollution Prevention and Treatment of Urban WWTPs (Huanban [2010]
Document No. 157) issued by General Office of Ministry of Environmental
Protection, with the following preventive measures proposed to be taken:
(1) The solid waste in the WWTP, especially the sludge, shall not be
indiscriminately disposed, but shall be properly collected, stored and
transported to the landfill site on a regular basis in a sanitary and safe way.
(2) The Project sludge is prohibited to be discharged to the ground water body
and non-specialized general solid waste fields such as coast, valley, lowland,
karst cave and farmland.
(3) Measures to prevent loss and secondary pollution such as the prevention
of foundation seepage, of rain eluviation and scouring, and of obnoxious gas
from gathering in the shed and sending out concentratively shall be taken in
the temporary sludge storage of WWTP.
(4) The WWTP shall earnestly fulfill the sludge treatment and disposal
responsibility, to conduct the whole process management on the production,
transportation, storage, disposal and treatment of sludge, to set up special
monitoring department or full-time (part-time) Personnel, to ensure proper
disposal and treatment of sludge, and to strictly prohibit unauthorized
dumping, stacking, discarding and fly-tipping of sludge.
(5) The sludge treatment and disposal shall comply with the principle of
reducing amount, stabilizing and harmlessness, with the sludge treatment
facilities being planned, constructed and put into operation concurrently with
the wastewater disposal facilities.
(6) To establish the sludge management ledger and the manifest system. The
WWTP shall establish the sludge management ledger, so as to make detailed
record on the amount of output, transfer, treatment and disposal, and the
place where it goes, and report to Xiangtan City Environmental Protection
Bureau on a regular basis; shall establish the sludge manifest system, with
the manifest being filled in truthfully and accurately when the WWTP transfers
out the sludge.
(7) Standardize the sludge transportation. The unit engaged in the sludge
transportation shall have relevant road cargo operation qualification, and
individual and the units without access to relevant operation qualification are
prohibited to engage in the sludge transportation, meanwhile, seal,
99
waterproof, anti-leakage and fly-tipping preventive measures shall be taken
for the sludge transportation vehicle.
(8) Add a rain shelter on the top of sludge storage hall in the WWTP, make
thorough hardening treatment to the storage hall floor, and set cofferdam,
discharge ditch and collection well near the storage hall, so as to deliver the
water discharge generated during the sludge stockpiling back to the
wastewater treatment system for treatment.
(9) Closed tanker transportation shall be adopted when transporting the
sludge outward.
(10) For the measures on reducing the amount of sludge, advanced sludge
concentration dewatering techniques shall be selected to dewater the sludge
to have the water content below 60%, thus to reduce the output amount of the
sludge.
(11) Ensure the sludge treatment rate to amount to 100%.
(12) After bagging and separate collection, the domestic waste shall be
cleaned up and carried away by the Environmental and Personal Health
Department.
6.2.5. Ecological Environment
(1) Pay attention to the combination of trees, shrubs and vegetation for the
greening therein area, which shall be planned according to a certain
proportion, and a certain hierarchical structure shall be kept. Try to use native
species, and reduce the introduction of foreign species. Take priority to select
such species as preferred tree (grass) species when greening.
(2) Strengthen management. The Plant site shall send special personnel to do
the campus greening and management work, and formulate corresponding
rules and regulations to protect the green belt and the ecological environment.
(3) After the wastewater pipeline is covered with soil, the hardening treatment
shall be conducted within the town range, while timely greening and rush-
planting shall be made outdoor, so as to have the vegetation be restored as
quickly as possible at the exposed ground surface caused by the pipeline
construction. Select local preponderant grass seed for the vegetation.
Meanwhile, use the wire netting to enclose key areas, and perform
management in a timely manner to prevent from the trample of flocks and
herds or intentional destruction.
100
(4) Strengthen the inspection and management on the sludge pipeline, and
perform inspection on the sludge pipeline on a regular basis, so as to timely
discover and dispose the pipeline leaks to avoid the possibility of ground
water pollution caused by the seepage of the sludge pipeline.
101
7 Environmental Risk Analysis and Mitigation Measures
7.1 Environmental Risk Identification
According to the characteristic analysis of pollution effects of the Project
engineering, the main environmental risk identification results are as follows:
(1) In case of any sudden accidents such as power outage and sudden
natural disasters, which causes the wastewater treatment facilities to stop
operating, and a large amount of wastewater untreated to be directly
discharged;
(2) As the inflow water quality and amount suddenly change, the wastewater
treatment efficiency drops, finally leading to the deteriorative outflow water
quality, with the discharge going beyond the discharge standard requirements
as specified by the State, and exerting great negative impact on the water
environment and ecosystem;
(3) The environmental risks caused by the pipeline damage or rupture, and
the river water's seepage into the pipeline to dilute the wastewater, resulting in
the environmental risk that the WWTP tail water fails to reach the standard. It
is mainly that the ground water seepage under the riverbed or the seepage of
the river water in the riverway to dilute the wastewater, resulting in low
efficient treatment rate of the WWTP.
7.2 Impact Analysis on Potential Environmental Risk Accidents of
the WWTP
7.2.1 Sudden Accidents
The quality problem or inappropriate maintenance of the wastewater
treatment equipment and facilities will cause failure of them, leading to the
drop of wastewater treatment efficiency, even the direct discharge without
being treated; or some irresistible external reasons such as power outage or
sudden natural disasters, will cause the wastewater treatment facilities to stop
operating and a large amount of untreated wastewater to be discharged
directly, which will be the limit case of the abnormal discharge of the WWTP.
When the wastewater treatment facilities fail to operate normally due to power
failure, the wastewater may only be discharged to the surface water, which will
cause serious pollution to the rivers.
102
7.2.2 Equipment Failure
The equipment failure of the wastewater or sludge treatment system will
reduce the wastewater treatment capacity, and make the outflow water quality
index fail to reach the design requirement, or the sludge’s failure to be
condensed or dewatered will cause the sludge to ferment, and the sludge
storage pool to be packed, giving out foul smell.
7.2.3 Inflow Water Quality Impact
The treatment effect of the urban WWTP is greatly impacted by the change of
parameters such as the original wastewater amount or quality. According to
the state environmental regulations, the industrial waste water shall reach
national standards before being discharged, with the requirements for entering
the WWTP being reached. When sudden accidents such as emergency power
outage occur to the enterprise WWTP, the wastewater may be discharged to
the urban wastewater pipeline without being treated, and to the newly-built
WWTP. In case that the waste water into the Plant has excessive impact load,
with the pH value exceeding the range of 6~9 and the abnormal conditions
such as organic toxicants exceeding standard being difficult to be degradated,
which will cause the biochemical microbial activity of the WWTP to drop, even
cause the damage of the biological phase and the sludge bulking, finally
resulting in that the outflow water quality deteriorates, the discharge standard
requirements specified by the state are exceeded, and the great negative
impact on the water environment and ecosystem is exerted.
7.2.4 Risk Accidents during Normal Operation
Sudden risk of the wastewater treatment system accident will bring great
damage to the staff maintaining the system, even threaten the life for serious
ones. When the environmental risk accidents occur, the health and safety of
the staff in the WWTP are first affected.
7.2.4.1 Risk Impact Analysis on Personnel Poisoning Caused by Toxic Gas
When accidents occur to some structure of the wastewater treatment system,
they must be eliminated immediately, at such time the maintenance staff
needs to access to the wastewater pipeline, water-collecting well or
wastewater pool to operate, where high-concentrated toxic gases such as
hydrogen sulfide, methane and carbon dioxide are easy to generated and
accumulated. Once protective measures are not taken during maintaining, the
103
maintenance personnel will get dizzy or breathing impeded due to poor
ventilation and the breathing in of toxic fumes, and even death.
It is reported that dozens of accidents occurred to more than 20 domestic
urban wastewater pipelines and combined discharge pipelines, including that
the maintenance personnel got poisoned or hurt due to toxic gas in the
pipeline, and the personal safety was endangered by the explosion caused by
the flammable gas methane’s contact with open fire in the pipeline. Therefore,
it is essential to prevent toxic gas from causing harm to people by taking
personal security measures to operators, and taking ventilation measures to
completely dissipate toxic and harmful gases is the most effective way for
preventing poisoning. In case of failure to be fully ventilated, it shall be
avoided to access to dangerous space, and effective personal protective
equipment must be worn when it is required to access to. Personal protective
equipment includes gas mask, air supply mask, etc., and detection equipment
includes gas detection instrument and detection test paper.
7.2.4.2 Risk Impact Analysis on the Harm of Pathogen-caused Diseases to
Personal Health
There are various pathogens and parasite ova in the wastewater or sludge,
and the mist and steam generated from the wastewater treatment facilities
can spread bacteria and viruses, so the staff of the WWTP exposed to the
micro organisms of the wastewater and sludge may be infected and got
disease. The infection may be caused by direct breathing in of gas or
indirectly the waterdrop attached to the skin or clothes. Aeration pool, effluent
weir, irrigative spray nozzle, blower room, and dewatering room will condense
such gases. At the places with high condensation of water, using gauze-type
respirator may reduce the inhalation of toxic substance. Such environmental
risks are mainly that the operators may be directly infected by pathogen and
get disease, while the probability that people outside are infected and get
disease is low. However, if it fails to be controlled and causes the spread of
disease, the personal health outside may be threatened.
7.3 Risk Mitigation Measures
7.3.1 Equipment Security Measures
The equipment such as mechanical pump, valve, electrical appliance and
104
instrument used in the treatment facilities system, when going wrong, will
cause the waste water treatment efficiency to reduce or cause the WWTP to
stop operating, with the probability being high. The emergency measures for
such accidents are mainly:
(1) In the process design, consider to leave a certain backflow treatment
buffer capacity and facilities (for example, add corresponding accident
handling buffer pool) in the treatment system, and provide considerable
treatment equipment (such as return pump, return pipeline, valve and
instrument), in case when the equipment failure impacts the normal operation
of the treatment system, the system buffer and return equipment shall be
enabled to re-handle unqualified outflow water until to satisfy the discharge
standard.
(2) Multiple spare equipment shall be equipped with for easily-damaged
equipment, and enough spare parts shall be ensured for maintenance and
update. At least adopt the one-up means for electromechanical equipment in
the treatment system.
(3) Select high-quality equipment. For various mechanical, electrical and
instrumental equipment in the treatment facilities, products with high quality,
low fault rate, meeting the design requirement, suitable for long-term
operation and facilitating maintenance and service shall be selected.
(4) During operation, the on-guard operators shall operate strictly in
accordance with the rules and regulations on the treatment facilities, perform
patrol inspection to the equipment frequently, timely conduct maintenance and
service, and reduce the equipment fault rate.
(5) The electrical equipment is as required by the grounding protection
specification; and automatic tripping circuit shall be installed, with the
operation of main equipment adopting computer data monitoring, timely giving
an alarm and recording the location, nature and time of accident, so as to
organize people to repair in a timely manner. The installation and protection of
all electrical equipment shall satisfy relevant safety rules on electrical
equipment.
(6) Adopt double-loop power supply to ensure the normal operation of power
supply facilities and lines.
105
7.3.2 Protection of Abnormal Wastewater Discharge
Take the emergency measures on the water amount’s instability due to
various factors into full consideration during design, so as to ease the adverse
situation.
1. Regulatory Requirements for Pollution Discharge Enterprises
� For the enterprises with daily discharge greater than 500m3 and heavy
pollution load, install the on-line monitor meter, and implement the system on
irregular sample check and enterprise pollution discharge reporting under the
municipal environmental supervision, so as to ensure the waste water to
reach national standards before being discharged; national standards shall
also be reached for other enterprises’ discharge of waste water;
� Set accident reservoir for heavy pollution industrial enterprises;
� In case of unnormal operation of waste water treatment facilities, causing
the discharge of waste water to fail to reach the national standards, the
problem shall be solved and notified to the WWTP.
(1) Operation Technology Management Measures of WWTP
� Establish the operation management and responsibility system;
� Train the management and operation personnel, and create technical
examination file, with unqualified ones being not allowed to take up the post;
� Engage professional technicians with rich experience to take charge of
the technical management work therein;
� Select professional technicians to receive technical training at home and
abroad;
� Strengthen the patrol to waterline, and find and solve problems in a
timely manner;
� Strengthen the maintenance and management to the equipment and
facilities, with spare ones for key equipment, and ensure the double-loop
power supply;
� Close the doors and windows when the wastewater pump room is
working, and ensure the noise at the Plant boundary to meet the standard
requirement;
� In order to reduce the impact of the pump room’s giving out bad smell,
the collection well shall be closed, and the wastewater shall be pumped into
the wastewater mains and then delivered to the WWTP timely; the grating
106
residues shall be cleaned up promptly after being dewatered;
� Perform rainwater and wastewater shunting work in the WWTP, so as to
prevent the wastewater from overflowing without treatment under heavy rain;
� Conduct greening around the Plant, choosing the Plants with high
efficient purification to odor substance;
� Visit the residents around the wastewater plant on a regular basis to
listen to their opinions.
(2) Strengthen the power station management, and ensure the normal
operation of the power supply facilities and lines.
7.3.3 Emergency Measures for Sudden Waste Water Discharge Risk
Accident
Once sudden waste water discharge accident occurs to the WWTP, the
following measures shall be taken:
(1) Strive to ensure that the grating and sand deposit tank are in normal
operation, making the SS and COD in the inflow water be reduced to a certain
degree;
(2) Locate the reason(s) from main pollution sources in the water catchment
system, with the emergency measures being taken by relevant enterprises to
control the discharge of toxic substance harmful to micro organism;
(3) Irresistible external reasons such as double-loop power outage and
sudden natural disasters will result in that, when the wastewater is discharged
without treatment, discharge enterprises in part or whole shall be required to
stop discharging the wastewater into the pipeline, so as to ensure the safety
of water body;
(4) During the occurrence and processing of accident, warning signs shall be
hanged in the water area near the discharge outlet to remind each side to take
precautions.
7.3.4 Staff Personal Security Measures
(1) Before the operation of the WWTP, it is necessary to conduct safety
education to the operating and management personnel, and formulate safety
operation specification and management system, which shall be strictly
performed and checked after the operation.
(2) Sanitary requirements such as water supply & discharge, heating and
ventilation, and lighting illumination shall be considered for the design of
107
buildings, and air-conditioning facilities shall be provided at the places where
staff works for long. For some operation places with sealed structure and poor
ventilation, mechanical ventilation shall be adopted.
(3) The Plant area is equipped with labor protection articles such as life jacket,
life buoy, safety belt and safety helmet. It is necessary for the operators
conducting inspection or operation to the underground pipeline to wear
necessary protective equipment, such as protective clothing, gas mask, air
supply mask, gas detection instrument and detection test paper, in case of
being poisoning, and there must be at least two people on the spot.
(4) The edge of poor body aisle shall be equipped with hand rail and lighting
facilities, so as to ensure the safety of pedestrians.
(5) The installation and protection of all electrical equipment shall satisfy
relevant safety rules on electrical equipment, with the grounding protection
work for high-pressure equipment being made well.
(6) The dangerous parts of mechanical equipment such as driving belt, gear
and abrasion wheel shall be equipped with protective device.
(7) It is necessary to strengthen the safety work management, formulate post
responsibility system, set warning signs at the striking places of all dangerous
areas therein, and build hand rail for the platforms above 1.2m; to provide
ventilation equipment at the places where toxic or harmful gases may
accumulate, establish safety labor protection agency being responsible for the
safety production and labor protection.
(8) According the actual need and convenience at each working section,
production health rooms (rest room, bathroom, dressing room, etc.) shall be
set; in addition to strengthen ventilation and provide shelter at the working
sections with bad environment and outdoor operation places, rest rooms shall
also be provided. Concentrated bathrooms are provided therein.
(9) For the staff directly exposed to wastewater, sludge and domestic waste,
physical examination shall be performed and relevant vaccine (hepatitis A,
hepatitis B, etc.) shall be injected on a regular basis.
7.3.5 Protective Measures for the Impact of Sludge Discharge on
Environment
The sludge in the WWTP shall be cleaned up and transported to the waste
landfill site after being dewatered, meanwhile, special airtight transportation
108
vehicles shall be used to prevent from giving out bad smell, spilling and
polluting the environment, with the specific treatment and disposal referring to
Chapter 6.2.4. In addition, once abnormal sludge discharge occurs to the
WWTP, the equipment shall be maintained in a timely manner, with efforts
being made in good repair to the extent that the sludge pool stores the sludge,
and add agent (such as lime) without delay, so as to prevent from the sludge
fermentation, and reduce the discharge of obnoxious gas.
7.3.6 Preventive Measures for the Impact of Flood to the WWTP
(1)Take the flood impact into full consideration during design, including the
impact of design year and check flood according to relevant regulations of the
state.
(2)Build Flood dike around the WWTP.
7.4 Emergency Authorities and Assignment of Responsibilities of
the WWTP
The emergency authorities of the WWTP mainly consist of subordinate offices
and incident response teams of the Leading Group. Incident response teams
include the Rescue Group, the Liaison Group, Logistics Group and Vehicle
Group. Their respective responsibilities are shown in Figure 7-1.
(1) The Leading Group shall organize and set up the emergency treatment
plan, carry it out according to the environmental risks, take charge of overall
command work on the spot and coordinate with the external parties.
(2) The responsibility of the office is to assist the Leading Group in assigning,
supervising and checking the work.
(3) Under the unified command of the Leading Group, the Rescue Group
takes charge of concrete implementation when handling the perils and
maintains relevant equipment.
(4) The Liaison Group takes charge of coordinating the work among the
Rescue Group, the Logistics Group and the Vehicle Group.
(5) The Logistics Group takes charge of assisting in rescuing the poisoned
personnel, carrying out corresponding emergency measures, registering for
observation and treatment in the hospital, and mustering relevant rescue
items.
(6) The Vehicle Group takes charge of the redeployment of vehicles, such as
109
transporting the poisoned personnel to the hospital, rescue items and so on.
110
Figure 7-1 Setup Diagram of Emergency Authorities of the WWTP
The Leading
Group
The Office
Rescue
Group Liaison Group Logistics
Group
Vehicle Group
111
8 Comparison and Selection of Alternative Proposals The comparison and analysis of alternative proposals of the Project is carried
out in these three aspects: 1. Comparison and selection of No-project
Proposals; 2. Comparison and selection of the construction site; 3.
Comparison and selection of technical proposals.
The general principles for analyzing the comparison and selection of
alternative proposals:
(1) Quantization comparison and selection principle: Try to quantize the
impact of the environment where the Project is implemented in every
alternative proposal.
(2) Comprehensive comparison and selection principle: Do a comprehensive
comparative analysis from aspects like environment, technology, economy
and society.
(3) Conformity comparison and selection principle: the proposal selected shall
conform to the related development planning and standard requirement, and
adapt to the local conditions.
8.1 Comparison and analysis of Zero Proposal
The assessment of the environmental impact of the Project is to be
considered from the prospective of environmental profit and loss, as well as
social economy. After the comparison and analysis of WWTP proposals, the
result is shown in the Table 8-1.
112
Table 8-1 Comparison and analysis of Zero Proposal
Category Implementation Plan of the Project No-project Proposal (Zero Proposal)
Major Advantages
(1) Conform to the National policies with regard to the urban domestic
wastewater treatment, pollution prevention and control technology
(2) Conform to the “twelfth five-year” plan of Hunan Province and the
Xiangxiang City; (3) Be beneficial to protecting the water
quality of Xinqiaohe Rive; and (4)Further improve the city’s
infrastructure.
(1) Maintain the current situation, such as leaving the vegetation
undestroyed; (2) Maintain the land use value (not
occupying any land); and (3) Do not cause any environmental
issue such as vegetation deterioration and dust-raising during
the construction period
Major Disadvantages
(1) Occupy much land: of 8,529 square meters;
(2) Cause vegetation deterioration and dust-raising during the construction
period; and (3) Result in negative impacts on
environment such as equipment noise, sludge and wastewater during operation.
(1) Discharge the wastewater directly to surface water, making it seriously
polluted; and (2) Fail to solve the current outdated
wastewater collection system.
Comprehensive Analysis
From the prospective of society and environment, the implementation of the Project Plan is better than No-project Proposal.
From Table 8-1, it can be concluded that although the No-project Proposal
has no environmental issues, wastewater will undoubtedly pollute surface
water because it comes directly into the environment without any treatment.
The implementation of the Project Plan will unavoidably bring to its
surroundings some impacts, among which many ones can be avoided or
reduced with corresponding environmental protection, except for the
irreversible permanent occupation of land (about 8,529m2). Moreover, the
environmental impact is temporary during the construction period. The
implementation and operation of the Project will bring long-term benefits to the
society and environment, especially for protecting and improving the quality of
the water in Xinqiaohe Rive, and improving the city’s infrastructure. So from
the prospective of society and environment, the implementation of the Project
Plan is better than Zero Proposal, proving the necessity to carry out the
Project.
8.2 Comparison and analysis of Pipe Network Proposals
8.2.1 Principles for Determining the Pipe Network Proposal
The wastewater pipe network shall be constructed on the basis of the local
wastewater control plan as the local terrain and the emission characteristics
113
may be, so as to ensure the wastewater collection efficiency on an economic
and affective basis. The following factors shall be taken into consideration:
(1) Use gravity flow to the best extent;
(2) Try to avoid the environmental protection targets (sensitive points). If the
can't be avoided, the countermeasures may be taken;
(3) Be beneficial to wastewater collection and transmission;
(4) Facilitate the construction and future maintenance overhaul;
(5) Reserve the space for expansion;
(6) Ensure that the geological environmental conditions are good enough to
conform to the requirement of the specifications of pipeline construction;
(7) Save investment and operating costs; and
(8) Conform to various local plannings.
8.2.2 Wastewater Pipe Network Proposal of the Project
The main pipeline A lies in the north roads of the fire station, and for the
diameter of some branch pipes, water amount for the long-term development
shall be considered. The pipe diameter is DN300~DN600.
The main pipeline B lies in the south roads of the planning land, and the water
amount of the reserved alternative land for long-term industrial development in
the eastern part of the town flows into the WWTP basically through line B. At
this stage, long-term water amount isn’t considered, and it will be taken into
account until further construction in the future. The pipe diameter is
DN300~DN600.
The main pipeline C lies along the north river of the inner river in this town,
and for the diameter of some branch pipes, water amount for the long-term
development shall be considered. The pipe diameter is DN400~DN500.
Best consideration shall be given to the pipe network laying of the Project for
the need of further development and terrain, reserving some space for
expansion. At the same time, the landform features, roads, and construction
conditions of Yueshan Town shall be comprehensively considered to rationally
divide the discharge areas, trying to apply the gravity discharge, and reducing
the cost of the Project.
8.3 Comparison and analysis of the WWTP Site
8.3.1 Principles for Site Selection
114
The selection of the site for urban wastewater treatment shall comply with the
general town planning and discharge engineering planning, as well as ensure
the site is:
(1) In the downstream water and with the leeward of summer prevailing wind
direction thereof;
(2) Convenient for the water reuse and safety discharge;
(3) Convenient for the collective sludge treatment and disposal;
(4) With good engineering geological condition;
(5) With less removal and rebuilding, less farmland-occupying, and a certain
health protection distance;
(6) Probable to be expanded;
(7) Immune to the influence of flood disasters and with a good discharge
condition, with the flood control standards thereof not lower than urban flood
control standard; and
(8) With convenient traffic, transportation and hydropower conditions.
8.3.2 Proposal for Site Selection
According to the General Planning of Yueshan Town, Xiangxiang City (2006—
2020), wastewater will be discharged into Xinqiaohe River after reaching the
standard of the concentrated wastewater treatment.
The service scope of the WWTP is in the center township of Yueshan Town,
with a population scale of 13,500 in 2013 in the short term and of 25,500 in
the long run.
According to the town construction and the development plan of Yueshan
Town, the WWTP site has two proposals available:
Proposal I: Xinqiao Town to be selected as the site (Yingxiongling Group),
located on the west side of the provincial road Jinzhong Line, west to
Xinqiaohe Rive.
Proposal II: Hongyang Town to be selected as the site (Maowuwan Group),
located on the south side of the provincial road Jinzhong Line, west to
Xinqiaohe Rive.
8.3.3 Comparison and Determination of the Site Selection Proposals
The Site Selection Proposals are shown in Table 8-2.
115
Table 8-2 Comparison and Selection of Site Selection Proposals
Selection Proposal
Comparative Items
Proposal I (Recommended
Proposal) Proposal II Comparison Results
Geographic Location
The border of Xinqiao Village and Bailong Village is the WWTP site of town planning,
west to Xinqiaohe Rive, with open terrain on the east, south and north sides. It is a wide and
flat terrain, with no residential houses.
Located near Yangjiawan of
Hongyang Village, the site has
residential houses on both east and north sides and a
fishpond in the middle. It is a narrow
field.
Proposal I is preferred.
Pollutant-Holding Capacity and the
Discharge Direction
The main pipeline for pollution cutting can
directly lead wastewater into the
WWTP; the site is next to Xinqiaohe River and
the disposed wastewater can be
directly discharged into Xinqiaohe River with a
discharge outlet located in the
upstream.
The main pipeline for pollution cutting can
directly lead wastewater into the WWTP; the site is next to Xinqiaohe
River and the disposed wastewater
can be directly discharged into
Xinqiaohe River with a discharge outlet
located in the downstream
Proposal II is preferred.
Plant Conditions
� The terrain elevation is 87.8~89.8m, the site
ground level is 87.8m, and the flood control conditions are good. � With a flat terrain, it has a relatively smaller
earthwork volume of 13,000m3
� It does not affect the city development and conform to the urban
planning.
� The terrain elevation is
85.5~88.2m, the site ground level is
85.5m, and the flood control conditions are not as good as
those of the Proposal I.
� With a fishpond therein, it has a relatively larger
earthwork volume of 21,000 m3.
� It does not affect the city development and conform to the
urban planning.
Proposal I is preferred.
Environmental Impact
The site is located in the urban planned area in Yueshan Town with a downwind direction of
prevailing wind in summer. It is within the
planned land for the WWTP, with no
residential houses
The site is located in urban planned area
in Yueshan Town with a downwind
direction of prevailing wind in
summer. It is within the planned land for
the town, with no
Two proposals are almost the same.
116
thereof. residential houses
Housing Demolition and
Relocation
No housing demolition and relocation in the width of the health protection distance
No housing demolition and relocation in the
width of the health protection distance
Two proposals are almost the same.
Traffic, Water Supply, and
Power Supply
The traffic is convenient. Roads are unobstructed inside,
with the provincial road Jinzhong Line to the east. The water and
power supply is convenient inside,
relatively coming from the urban pipe network
and substation.
The traffic is convenient. Roads are unobstructed inside, with the provincial road
Jinzhong Line to the north. The water and
power supply is convenient inside, relatively coming
from the urban pipe network and substation.
Two proposals are almost the same.
Work Amount of Main Pipeline For Pollution-Cutting
About 13.5 km About 14.2 km Proposal I is
preferred.
Gross Investment 41.0469 million RMB 41.1232 million RMB Two proposals are almost the same.
Environmentally Sensitive Points
There are no environmentally
sensitive points 100m far away from the site.
There are no environmentally sensitive points
100m far away from the site.
Two proposals are almost the same.
117
Table 8-3 Comprehensive Analysis Result on Comparison Proposals for
the Project
Comparison and Selection of Proposals
Comparison and Selection Proposal
Name Descriptions on Site Selection
Major Advantages Major Disadvantages
Proposal I (Recommended)
Xinqiao Village (Yingxiongling Group)
The border of Xinqiao Village and Bailong Village is the WWTP site of town planning, west to Xinqiaohe Rive, with open terrain on the east, south and north sides. It is a wide and flat terrain, with no residential houses.
1. Next to Xinqiaohe Rive and convenient for tail water discharging; 2. Without any removal and rebuilding; 3. With a flat terrain, which is convenient for construction; 4. Of a relatively smaller work amount than Proposal II; 5. Of a relatively lower work amount with regards to the main pipeline for pollution-cutting than Proposal II; and 6. With a less gross investment than Proposal II.
1. With a relatively higher terrain elevation, higher delivery head of the lift pump and relatively higher operating cost; 2. With a discharge outlet located in the upstream; and 3. With individual residents in Xinqiao Village, Hongyang Village, and Bailong Village respectively on the sides of northeast, southeast and west.
Proposal II
Hongyang Village (Maowuwan Group)
Located near Yangjiawan of Hongyang Village, the site has residential houses on both east and north sides and a fishpond in the middle. It is a narrow field.
1. Next to Xinqiaohe Rive and convenient for tail water discharging; 2. Without any removal and rebuilding; 3. With a flat terrain, which is convenient for construction; 4. With a relatively lower terrain elevation, lower delivery head of the lift pump and relatively lower
1. A fishpond is in the middle of the site, needing filling and more construction than Proposal I.
118
operating cost than Proposal I. 5. With a discharge outlet located in the downstream of Xinqiaohe Rive.
From the table 8-2 and table 8-3, it can be concluded, after comparison and
selection, that: from the aspects of gross investment, the interior plant terrain
conditions, pipeline distance, and flood control condition, Proposal I is better
than Proposal II; but from the pollutant-holding capacity, Proposal II is better
than Proposal I. From the comprehensive comparison of these conditions, it is
determined that the general location conditions of Proposal I in Xinqiao Village
(Yingxiongling Group) is better than those of Proposal II in Hongyang Village
(Maowuwan Group). Therefore, it is recommended to locate the Project in
Xinqiao Village (Yingxiongling Group), as indicated under Proposal I.
8.4 Comparison and analysis of Wastewater Treatment Process
Proposals
8.4.1 Selection Criterion of Wastewater Treatment Process
The wastewater treatment process in the WWTP shall be selected following
the principles below:
(1) Safe, reliable, and advanced technology: Advanced technology shall be
adopted actively, on the basis of the previous exploration by predecessors, as
well as the scientific summarization;
(2) Less land occupied: The land resources are precious, so try to save the
land.
(3) Saved investment: The state and local financial resources are quite
limited, so try to give full play to the benefit of investment and apply the most
economical process, under the premise of satisfying the demand for good
outflow water quality.
(4) Convenient management and low operating cost: The local management
level and the annual operating cost after the production shall be considered.
Convenient-management and low-operating-cost proposal shall be selected.
8.4.2 Wastewater Treatment Process Proposal
Selection of wastewater treatment process shall be based on an overall
consideration of the quality of the outflow, treatment requirements, land area,
119
project scale and other factors. Appropriate wastewater treatment process can
not only reduce the engineering investment, but also facilitate the operation
and management of the WWTP and reduce the operating cost of the WWTP
to ensure the water quality. According to the urban the WWTP operation
experience at home and abroad, activated sludge process is most economic
and effective for urban wastewater treatment, thus being widely adopted.
Conventional activated sludge process can only be effective in removing
BOD5, COD and SS, but limited for the removal of nitrogen and phosphorus,
with approximately 20~30% of nitrogen removal rate and approximately
12~19% of phosphorus removal rate. According to the wastewater removal
rate determined by the Chapter 4, the Project has higher requirements on
removal of nitrogen and phosphorus rate, therefore the Project has to adopt
enhanced secondary treatment with nitrogen and phosphorus removing
function.
At present, the commonly used wastewater treatment processes with nitrogen
and phosphorus removal in urban the WWTP include A2/O method, DEST
tank, SBR and its improved process, improved oxidation ditch, etc. , and apply
to the oxidation ponds and constructed wetlands of small towns. All these
processes have their applicability and advantages and disadvantages.
According to the Notifications on Further Strengthening Construction
Management of Provincial Urban Wastewater Treatment Facilities
(Xiangjiancheng [2008] Document No. 160) issued by Hunan Provincial
Construction Department, as for the WWTP, the scale of which is below 0. 5~2
m3/d, recommended processes are DEST, sequencing batch reactor activated
sludge process and its improved process. Current land of the WWTP is
industrial land in the planning and a piece of flat land. Due to the large area of
oxidation ponds and constructed wetlands and there ineffectiveness in
nitrogen and phosphorus removing, they are not applicable to the Project.
Combining the water quality of Yueshan Town and taking into account the
safety operation of the WWTP, processing costs, management level and other
factors, CASS and DEST apply to the Project, therefore these two proposals
are selected for comparison.
8.4.2.1 CASS
(1) Technical Principles
120
CASS (Cyclic Activated Sludge System) is the improvement of SBR and a
type of Cyclic Activated Sludge Technology (CAST). The process is developed
by Professor Coronszy and his colleagues on the basis of SBR technology.
Now it has been promoted and applied in the United States, Australia, the
United Kingdom, France, Germany, Austria, Canada, Thailand and other
countries step by step.
CASS refers particularly to batch activated sludge treatment process with
biological selector and variable volume reactor which is both the oxygen area
and major reacting area, in the mode of sequencing batch aeration - non-
aeration and filling - running, completing processing functions of biological
degradation and sludge-water separation of organic pollutants in a reactor. Its
cyclic operation includes the following four phases:
a) Fill – Aeration: During the aeration, inflow is received (limited aeration mode
is also applicable) and the sludge of the main rector reflows to the selector.
The reflux is 20% of the inflow.
b) Fill – Settlement: Stop aeration and settle to separate the sludge and water.
Different from SBR, CASS does not stop the inflow water during the settling
period. This is because that the stirring brought by the inflow can lead to
better settling.
c) Decant (Outflow Removal): During the decant phase, CASS reactor stops
inflow (or not), and at this time wastewater enters into another reactor. During
the decant phase, sludge reflowing continues as usual. During the sludge
reflowing, de-nitrification of nitrate nitrogen is completed and phosphorus is
relieved, thus then nitrogen and phosphorus are removed.
d) Idle practice: During the actual operation, decanting will always be less
than 1 hour, and the residual time is designated as IDLE in the reactor and
restoring sludge absorption capacity. During the idle phase, sludge reflowing
continues as usual. The discharge of residual sludge is at decant and idle
phase.
(2) Features of CASS Process
a) Small area and low investment. In CASS, biological degradation and
sludge-water separation of organic pollutants are completed in a reactor with
no need to set primary settling tank, secondary settling tank, residual sludge
pumping station and other structures, which can save the land covered by
121
these structures and much project investment.
b) Good outflow water quality and stable operation. According to biological
selection principles, utilizing the separating and integrating of primary reaction
zone, the release of phosphorus by the biological selector located in front of
the system, the de-nitrification and the rapid adsorption of organic substrate in
the inflow, the stability of the system operation is enhanced and the volume
utilization is improved. After highly effective treatment, the wastewater can
definitely achieve the national Level-1 outflow water quality standard.
C) High utilization of oxygen and low operating cost. CASS tank is relatively
deep and uses the micro-porous high efficiency aeration device, effectively
improving oxygen utilization. At the same time, during the operation, through
on-line dissolved oxygen measuring instrument, it uses IPC to allow the
oxygenating equipment to work at peak performance, maximizing energy
saving and minimizing operating cost.
d) Strong shock load resistance. Variable volume increases the adaptability of
the system to the change of water quantity and quality and the flexibility of
operations. Actual operating experience has shown that CASS tank can run
under short-term shock load which is 2 to 3 times of normal load, with very
little change of water quality.
e) High volume utilization. According to bio-reaction dynamics principle, the
adoption of series operation of the tanks allows the overall plug flow of
wastewater in the process of the reactor and complex completely-mixed flow
patter in different zones, which ensures a stable effect and improves volume
utilization.
f) Effective removal of nitrogen and phosphorus. Through the control of
biological speed, the reactor runs in the sequencing batch of anaerobic-
anoxic-aerobic-anoxic-anaerobic, so that it is excellent in removing nitrogen
and phosphorus and reducing operating cost.
Process Flow Diagram is shown in Figure 8-1.
122
Figure 8-1 CASS Process Flow Diagram
8.4.2.2 DEST
(1) Technical Principles
DEST is an improved urban wastewater treatment system developed on the
basis of UASB process and characterized by multi hypoxia, anaerobic aerobic
tanks. It is a process dominated by anaerobic biochemistry and supported by
aerobic biochemistry. The treatment system consists of down-flow anaerobic
biological contact tank, up-flow anaerobic biological contact oxidation tank and
biological contact oxidation tank. By setting high specific surface area filler in
the anaerobic biological contact oxidation tank, the attached biomass is much
more than the suspended biomass, dramatically increasing treatment capacity
and reducing treatment cycle. It adopts recirculation system, which increases
job stability. The wastewater after anaerobic treatment flows into the biological
contact oxidation tank. The tank is a biological treatment device dominated by
biofilm technology and supplemented by activated sludge process. With the
oxygen source provided by the blower, the organic compounds in the device is
adsorbed and degraded by microorganisms and further purified the water. Set
polyethylene elastic filler inside the biological contact oxidation tank and use
perforated pipe for aeration.
DEST is dominated by anaerobic and supported by aerobic. The essence of
the above anoxic and anaerobic reaction tank consists of a number of
Gratings Inflow Pump Room
CASS Tank
Entry of Residual sludge into the
Sludge Treatment System
Sand Deposit Tank
Waste
water
Transportation of
Grating Residues
Transportation and Disposal of Deposited Sand
Blower
Disinfectin
g Tank Discharge to Xinqiaohe River
123
relatively independent sludge bed (UASB) systems. Series connection of
UASB forms multi-phase anaerobic process in stages. Due to baffling, several
independent reaction chambers are formed in anoxic and anaerobic zones,
and microbial communities suited to the environmental conditions are cultured
in each reaction chamber. In each reaction chamber, the phase of microbial
communities is changed along with the process gradually, and the graduation
rule is identical with the degradation process of organic compounds so as to
ensure that the corresponding microorganisms have the best work activity.
With wastewater and returned nitrification liquid in the above work
environment, facultative anaerobes in hypoxia area have the priority in getting
carbon source, and conduct micro-aerobic or anaerobic respiration with nitrate
as electron acceptor and carbon source as electron donor. During the
reduction of nitrate nitrogen for N2, a large amount of organic compounds are
oxidized to benefit follow-up growing of autotrophic nitrification bacteria in
aerobic zone and improve nitrification degree.
As anti-nitrification continues, due to the exhaustion of dissolved oxygen and
nitrate in the back divisions of ABR biological reactor, the system enters
anaerobic stage in the strict sense and phosphorus accumulating organisms
is on top. It effectively suppresses the growth of filamentous bacteria and
makes the anaerobic entering hydrolytic acidification stage, which hydrolysis
macromolecules organic in the wastewater into low molecular fermentation
products. Phosphorus accumulating organisms absorb these low molecular
fermentation products, and transport them into the cell to assimilate them as
carbon energy store property within the cells and release phosphorus. In the
anaerobic zone, due to the hydrolysis of organic compounds into low
molecular organic compounds absorbed by phosphate accumulating
organisms, its concentration will continue to be reduced. The concentration of
NH4-N will also be reduced due to the cell synthesis, while there is no change
to the content of NO3-N, the content of P is increased due to the release of
phosphate accumulating organisms.
Wastewater enters contact oxidation tank by baffling through anoxic and
anaerobic biochemical reactions. In contact oxidation tank, using inorganic
carbon compounds such as CO2, and CO32-, and HCO3- as carbon sources,
autotrophic aerobic microorganisms oxidize the ammonia nitrogen brought by
124
original wastewater and the ammonia nitrogen generated by assimilation
during anti-nitrification process with NH3, NH4+ and NO2- for nitrate. At the
same time, phosphate accumulating organisms get the energy from the
degradation and absorption of dissolved organic compounds to absorb
phosphorus, thus removing phosphate from the liquid. The generated
phosphate accumulating organism cells are removed in the form of high-
phosphorus sludge through emission of residual sludge, thus removing
phosphorus from the system and realizing nitrogen and phosphorus removal.
In aerobic zone, the organic compounds reduced with the aerobic
degradation, the content of NH4-N and p falls at a fast rate due to de-
nitrification and phosphorus absorption of phosphate accumulating organisms,
while the content of NO3-N rises due to nitrification. The above processes
repeated so as to achieve the purpose of effective biological nitrogen and
phosphorus removal.
(2) DEST Process has the following advantages:
a) Small area and low investment.
DEST process can complete the biological degradation and sludge-water
separation in a reacting tank without primary settle tank, which can save the
land covered by these structures and much project investment.
b) Effective nitrogen removal.
The core of the system is biochemical part. The biochemical stages include
hypoxia tank, anaerobic tank and aerobic tank and the processes include
hydrolysis, nitrification and de-nitrification, forming a reversed A2/O process on
the whole. Apart from removing COD and BOD5 effectively, the system can
adapt to the degradation requirement, which is significantly better than current
conventional treatment process.
c) Stable operation and convenient management.
The oxygen source of the system is provided by the blower, through on-line
monitoring and dissolved oxygen detector, fan operation parameters are
automatically adjusted so as to achieve good performance.
d) Strong shock load resistance.
The system has a strong water quantity and quality shock load resistance.
The system is connected by a number of relatively independent sludge bed
(UASB) in series, forming multi-phase anaerobic process in stages, and it has
125
strong water and organic shock load resistance, especially Ammonia nitrogen
shock. Even when the water quality and quantity have large fluctuations, the
water quality maintains stable.
e) Low operating cost
The entire process is dominated by anaerobic and anoxic process. Saving
blower aeration is effective in reducing operating cost.
f) The tank is a closed structure with small impact on the environment, which
reduces the investment in and operating cost of deodorization of the WWTP.
(3) DEST process also has disadvantages as follows:
a) Sludge recirculation system and inflow system shall be set up, and the
control of inflow is complex, which requires higher level of management.
b) The tank is a closed structure, so the installation and replacement of metal
frame components and filler requires much time and work and the maintaining
work load is larger.
c) Due to less sludge emission and poor phosphorus removal, chemical
phosphorus removal facilities shall be adopted normally at the end.
(4) Process Flow Diagram is shown in Figure 8-2.
Figure 8-2 DEST Process Flow Diagram
Gratings Inflow Pump
Room
CASS Tank
Entry of Residual sludge into the
Sludge Treatment System
Sand Deposit Tank
Waste
water
Transportation of Grating Residues
Transportation and Disposal of Deposited Sand
Blower
Disinfectin
g Tank Discharge to Xinqiaohe River
126
8.4.3 Comparison and Determination of Process Proposals
The comprehensive technical and economical comparison of the two
proposals and the comparison of main technical parameters are shown in
table 8-4 and 8-5.
Table 8-4 Comprehensive Technical and Economical Comparison Table
No. Comparison
Content Item CASS Process DEST Process
Proposals Comparison
1 Quantity of Civil
Engineering 440. 3 480. 2
Proposal I is preferred.
2 Facilities and Instruments
342. 3 228. 6 Proposal II
is preferred.
3
Investment Ten Thousand
Yuan Direct Expense of the Project
782. 6 708. 8 Proposal II
is preferred.
4 Operating
Costs /
0. 44 Yuan per ton
0. 28 Yuan per ton
Proposal II is preferred.
5 Electricity
Consumption Index
/ 0. 35kw/m3 0. 2kw/m3 Proposal II
is preferred.
6 Output of Sludge
/ 463kg/d 247kg/d Proposal II
is preferred.
7 Covering Area / 9416m2 8529m2 Proposal II
is preferred.
8 Process Flow Simple Simple
9 Water Quality Good Good
Two proposals are almost the same.
10 Nitrogen and Phosphorus
Removal Good Satisfied
Proposal I is preferred.
11
Process Effectiveness
Shock Load Resistance.
Strong Strong
Two proposals are almost the same.
12 Automation
Requirement Higher Lower
Proposal II is preferred.
13
Requirement on Technique of
Operating Personnel
Higher Lower Proposal II
is preferred.
14
Operation Management
Maintenance Management
Usually large work amount of
maintenance and high automation
degree
Usually small work amount of maintenance but large work load
of filler replacement
Proposal II is preferred.
15 Environmental
Impact Odor
The odor has significant impact
on the surrounding environment
The odor has small impact on the surrounding
environment
Proposal II is preferred.
127
16
Noise
The blower produces noise
to the surrounding environment
The blower produces noise
to the surrounding environment
Two proposals are almost the same.
Table 8-5 Main Technical Parameters Comparison Table
CASS Process DEST Process
Technical Parameters
WWTP (3000m3/d)
Quantity of Wastewater Pump (set) 1 set is for the usage and 1set is for the backup.
Intake Pump
Performance Parameter Q=125m3/h, H=8m, N=5. 5kW
Amount of Wide Grid (set) 2 (mechanic)
Diameter of Drum (m) 0. 6 Grid
Distance between Grids (mm) 4
Amount of Settling Tank 1 set
Diameter (m) 1. 63
Depth of Settling Tank (m) 1. 12
Settling Tank
Sand Hopper Depth (m) 1.52
Amount 1 set 1 set
Net Plane Size × Depth of the Tank (m)
40. 6 × 16. 9 × 5. 5 35. 5 × 17. 6 × 6. 5
Effective Volume (m3) 3000 3266
Residual Sludge Amount (kg/d) 463 247
CASS or DEST Reacting Tank
Maximum Oxygen Demand (kg/d) 398. 5 189. 5
128
Amount of Fan (set) 2 sets are for the usage
and 1set is for the backup.
2 sets are for the usage and 1set is for the
backup.
Air Volume of a Fan (m3/min) 6. 79 5. 2
Power of a Fan (kw) 15 11
Secondary Settling Tank
Amount of Secondary Settling Tank (set)
N/A Integrated with DEST
CASS Process DEST Process
Technical Parameters
WWTP (3000m3/d)
Amount of Sterilization Tank (set) 1 1
Sterilization Tank
Plane Size (m) 3 × 5 3 × 5
From the comparison of the above two tables, it can be concluded that both
proposals have advantages and disadvantages and they are widely used in
domestic wastewater treatment with mature technology, stable process
operation and stable and qualified water quality.
Comprehensive technical and economic comparison of Table 8-4 has made a
comparison of 16 aspects of the two processes. As can be seen from the
table, 5 items are basically the same, CASS has 2 items better than DEST
process and DEST process has 9 items better than CASS. DEST process is
superior to CASS in terms of investment, operating cost and electricity
consumption. Merely from the point of view of operating cost, DEST process
can save RMB 0.16 Yuan per ton, totaling 175,000 a year. And electricity
consumption per ton water can save 0.15kw·h, totaling 164,300kw·h per year.
The annual saving of standard coal is 20. 2 ton based on the coefficient of 0.
1229kg standard coal per kw·h electricity.
Give comprehensive consideration to the embedded tank of DEST process
and three major factors, i. e. small impact on the surrounding environment,
low costs of equipment operation and low requirements on the quality of
operating personnel, it is recommended to use DEST process for Yueshan
Town WWTP.
129
8.5 Comparison and Analysis of Disinfection Proposals
According to the regulations of Pollutants Discharge Standard for Urban
WWTPs (GB18918-2002), the WWTPs shall be disinfected.
8.5.1 Brief Introduction to Disinfection Methods
The common methods of disinfection are chlorination disinfection, CIO,
oxidation disinfection, UV disinfection, and so on.
(1) Chlorination Disinfection
Chlorination works through adding liquid chlorine or chlorine compound. The
liquid chlorine is the most common method so far, for its low cost, mature
technology, and stable performance. Due to the requirement of chlorination of
over 30min contact time, the capacity of the contact tank is big. Since chlorine
is highly toxic and dangerous, and the steel cylinder containing chlorine is a
high-pressure vessel with potential threat, the build-up of the chlorine
reservoir and the chlorination room need to be based on the safety
requirement. Chlorination will generate harmful organic chlorides, therefore,
the residual chlorine quantity in the outflow water shall be strictly regulated
and chlorine take-off equipment shall be built when needed, if there are the
fish forages nearby the wastewater outlet.
Chlorinated compounds include sodium hypochlorite, bleaching powder,
chlorine dioxide, and so on. They have the similar features with liquid chlorine,
while they are less dangerous and have less environmental impact with higher
operating cost.
(2) Oxidation Disinfection
Oxidant can be used as the disinfectant of the secondary outflow water, the
most common one of which is ozone. The advantages of ozone disinfection
are downright sterilization, low lethality, basically no side-effect to environment
and shorter contact time than chlorination. The disadvantages are more
investment on capital constructions and higher operating cost. Oxidation
disinfection is generally used on the disinfection of swimming pool water and
drink water right now.
(3) UV Disinfection
The main advantages of UV disinfection include high efficiency on
sterilization, short reactive time, low lethality, and no secondary pollution.
130
There is no need to set up large contact tank instead of disinfection canal, for
the time of disinfection is short. Thus, the floor space and the cost of civil
engineering are much lower. The disadvantages are high investment on
equipment, complicated management and maintenance, no constant ability of
sterilization, bad competence of resisting suspended solid interference, and
strict requirements of SS concentration in the water.
The comparison on disinfection methods above are shown in Table 8-6.
Table 8-6 Comparison of Disinfection Methods
Performance Nitrogen Dioxide, Liquid
Chlorine, and Bleaching Powder Ozone Uv Radiation
Bacteria Sterilizing Excellent (HOCL) Excellent Good
Virus Sterilizing Excellent (HOCL) Excellent Good
Alive Microbe Sterilizing The Second The First /
Effect of PH
The efficiency of disinfection will decrease with the increase of ph,
and when ph is 7, it is the right time to add chlorine.
The effect of ph is small. When ph is small, o3 left
will last longer.
Not Sensitive to the
Change of PH
Surplus Disinfection Yes No Need to Add
Chlorine No Need to
Add Chlorine
Byproduct THM Basically No Impossible Impossible
Other Intermediate Products
Chloride and chlorinated intermediate products are
generated, like chloramine and chlorinated organics.
Intermediate products are aldehyde, aromatic
dicarboxylic acid, phthalate, and so on.
Not Clear
Domestic Application Widely Not Common Widely
General Quantity (Mg/L) 5~10 1~3 /
Contract Time 30mins Seconds to about 10
Mins /
8.5.2 Comparison and Determination of Disinfection Methods
All the methods above can reach the goal of disinfection. As far, the
chlorination is the widely used way to disinfect the outflow water of large
WWTPs in our country, while most WWTPs abroad choose UV disinfection
which has been employed by more and more WWTPs at home. Chlorine
dioxide disinfection and UV disinfection are selected as the alternative
proposals of the WWTP in the Project, which will be compared
comprehensively in Table 8-7.
Table 8-7 Comparison of the Disinfections of Outflow Water
Item Chlorine Dioxide Disinfection
UV Disinfection
Main Buildings Contact Disinfection Tank and Chlorination Room
UV Disinfection Trough
131
Main Equipment Chlorine Dioxide Generator
UV Disinfection Module
Floor Space Big Very Small
Operating Management Automatic Running and Easy Management
Maintenance Workload
Environmental Impact Little No
Total Civil Engineering Costs
High Low
Cost of Equipment Ordinary High
Investment Ordinary Ordinary
Cost of Reagents High No
Electric Charge Low High
Cost of Maintenance Low High
According to the comprehensive comparison in Table 8-7, UV disinfection has
the advantages of small floor space, maturity, stability, no new chlorine-adding
workshop, no intermediate product, and so forth. Based on the consideration
of all elements, UV disinfection is recommended as the disinfection of the
outflow water of WWTPs in the Project.
8.6 Selection and Comparison of Sludge Treatment Proposals
WWTPs will extract and generate a plenty of sludge during the process of
wastewater treatment. The water content of the sludge is up to 90% and the
bulk of sludge is enormous, therefore the management of sludge is very hard.
Thus, the sludge needs to be reduced in volume for easier transport and post
treatment. The organics in sludge are high in content, unstable and easily
rotted, so that it is needed to decrease the content of sludge to stabilize the
sludge. Some pathogenic bacterias and parasitic ovum contained in the
sludge are the mediums of the infection of epidemic diseases, which will affect
the public health and safety, and need to be well handled. Meanwhile the
secondary release of phosphorus shall be voided. All in all, the improper
management of the sludge will generate the secondary pollution, and increase
the cost of chemic phosphorus removal in the filtration liquid. Therefore, the
sludge shall be coped with before the final treatment.
8.6.1 Comparison and Determination of Wastewater Treatment
Processes
(1) Comparison of Sludge Treatment Processes
The typical sludge treatment process of urban WWTPs has been showed as
132
follows:
133
Figure 8-3 Typical Sludge Treatment Process
The sludge in the Project, after going through three pre-treatment procedures
of concentration, digestion, and dewatering, has its water content dropping
below 60%, and reaches a stable state in the end.
Sludge concentration includes gravity concentration, suspension
concentration, and mechanical concentration. The gravity concentration may
trigger the second release of phosphorus in the sludge. Since the reinforced
biochemical phosphorous removal is adopted in the Project, the phosphorous
content is high in the sludge at around 2.5%, if the sludge is concentrated in
the concentration tank for a long time, the polyphosphate accumulation
bacteria in the sludge will release a large amount of phosphorous in an
anaerobic condition, which increases the phosphorous content in the liquid
supernatant and the phosphorous removal cost. As a result, the gravity
concentration is inappropriate for the residual sludge arising from the
biological phosphorous removal. The suspension concentration requires of
many devices and operation costs. Moreover, the above two sludge
concentrations cover large areas; therefore, the mechanical concentration
which covers less space and has favorable effects is adopted in the Project.
The process for the stabilization of sludge in common use includes: anaerobic
digestion, aerobic digestion, heat treatment, heating to dry, heating
stabilization, etc. The sludge treatment adopts DEST Process in the Project
since the sludge age is long and the residual sludge has been approximately
stable. According to the Code for Design of Outdoor Sewerage Engineering
GB50014-2006, when the wastewater is treated with biological phosphorous
and nitrogen removal, the residual sludge shall be concentrated mechanically
without digestion. The sludge dewatering is to further reduce the water
content and the sludge. It includes natural air drying, mechanical dewatering,
sludge heat drying and incineration, etc. The ways of the dewatering of the
sludge are nature air drying, mechanical dewatering, sludge drying,
incineration, etc. The widely used way of dewatering in WWTPs at home and
abroad is mechanical dewatering with mainly centrifugal dewaterer, draper-
type dewaterer and board-box dewaterer etc. The sludge water content is
Residual sludge Sludge Concentration Sludge Digestion Sludge Dewatering
Sludge Cake
134
within 75-85% after the above three treatments, which dose not meet the
requirement for landfill and is a prevailing problem in WWTPs at home. At
present, some domestic companies, based on the existing dewatering
method, have developed the new technology of Deep Dewatering with Sludge
Treatment and Board & Frame Compression and Filtration, which is
successfully applied in the WWTPs in eastern coastal area (such as
Guangzhou, Xiamen, Hangzhou, Wuxi, Shanghai etc.).
(2) Determination of Sludge Treatment Process
The sludge treatment in the Project is planned to adopt the deep dewatering
technology with sludge treatment and board & frame compression and
filtration. This tcchnology is practiced in the Xiaoshan Linjiang WWTP and
Qige WWTP in Hangzhou. According to the on-site inspection and research,
the above two WWTPs are well operated with the water content of the sludge
after treatment kept below 60%, meeting the state and local requirements for
landfills.
8.6.2 Comparison and Determination of Sludge Treatment Processes
(1) Comparison of Sludge Treatment Process
Sludge treatment refers to the final disposal of sludge, specific to stably
processed sludge. Sludge hygiene is not definitely stipulated by Pollutants
Discharge Standard for Urban WWTPs (GB18918-2002), but hygiene issues
will has a direct impact on the final destination of sludge. Indiscriminate
disposal of sludge without necessary process still will contaminate the
surrounding environment. As a result, suitable disposal of sludge is required
for its harmlessness. When choosing ways of disposing sludge, people shall
combine the actual conditions, considering technical feasibility and
development in the future. Now the main sludge treatment methods are as
follows:
Landfill
Landfill, similar to urban waste landfill, is the main technology to dispose of
sludge at present in China for its relatively lower operating cost and plentiful
management experience on it. Disadvantages: occupying land, a waste of
land resources; and causing a secondary pollution if sludge is mishandled.
Incineration
135
Incineration is uneconomical for its consuming of large number of heavy oil,
and the thermal energy released therefrom is hard to be effectively used
because of present technology and equipment. It is also difficult to effectively
control the plenty of toxic and harmful substances (such as Dioxin) Released
therefrom, which will cause air pollution. Besides, for the reason that industrial
wastewaters take a big portion in urban wastewater in our country, and
organics takes a small portion in residual sludge, the combustion heat value is
low and economic benefit of incineration is bad.
Direct Drying
Sludge with 80% water content is dried by pneumatic drier with over 100°C
temperature, killing all sorts of germs and then be land-filled or reprocessed.
The disadvantage is energy consuming and increasing disposal cost.
Anaerobic Digestion
Anaerobic digestion was adopted for most activated sludge before 1980s,
killing microbial bacteria and producing some usable wastewater gas. Three
disadvantages of anaerobic digestion: 1. The equipment investment for
anaerobic digestion can, wastewater gas recovery and preservation is quite
high; 2. Although sludge is stabilized through biochemical reaction of various
anaerobes, and the total number decreases by about 25%, landfill is also
needed; 3. It requires complex system operation, high demand of operation
management, high cost and many hidden dangers. Relative data displays
that: construction investment of sludge anaerobic digestion system is about
RMB 1-2 million/t dried sludge, including sludge concentration, dewatering,
mesophilic digestion, digested sludge re-concentration, dewatering and
transport, and its daily operating cost is about RMB 700-850 yuan/t dried
sludge.
Biological Treatment
Biological compost method imports aerobic bacteria and oxygen, to make
sludge undertake thermophilic fermentation of aerobic bacteria. High
temperature compost was developed by the developed countries at the
beginning of the 20th century, and now in the United Kingdom, America,
Germany, Japan, etc, the compost method has been widely used for bio-
safety disposal of urban sludge. Since the end of 1980s, some cities in our
136
country have established composting sites, but operations of most of these
composting sites have get into difficulties because of low quality of composts
and market, etc.
The comparison of the common sludge treatment methods is showed in
Figure 8-8.
Figure 8-8 Comparison of Common Sludge Treatment Methods
No. Methods Advantages Disadvantages
1 Landfill
With low cost and rich management experience, employing the main skills
for sludge treatment in China
Waste land resources and cause secondary pollution if handled
inappropriately
2 Incineratio
n Completely dispose of
harmful organics Have poor economic benefit and
easily cause air pollution
3 Direct Drying
Kill bacteria before landfill and re-treatment, having
good environmental benefit
Consume energy and increase cost
4 Aerobic
Digestion
Kill microbial bacteria and produce some usable
wastewater gas
Have high cost of equipment investment, need landfill after
handling, have high requirements on operation management, high cost and many hidden dangers.
5 Biological Treatment
With comprehensive utilization, realize the safe treatment and
recycling
Have low quality of composts, with insignificant economic benefit
(2) Determination of Sludge Treatment Methods
According to General Planning of Yueshan Town, Xiangxiang City (2006-
2020) and local actual conditions, The final disposal of sludge is to deliver the
dewatered sludge cake, then compress it with urban domestic waste, and at
last send it for landfill in a sanitary and safe way. If there is market demand,
cooperation with relative technical section can be take into consideration to do
biological compost research on sludge to make waste valuable, and reduce
the possibility of pollution.
137
9 Analysis of Gains and Losses of Environment and Economy
9.1 Environmental Benefit
The Project belongs to an urban WWTP, the most important benefit of which
is environmental benefit, including pollutant load cut, water quality
improvement benefit, environmental management improvement benefit, etc.
9.1.1 Pollutant Load Cut
According to the sludge treatment project, it is possible to effectively reduce
the pollutant load of domestic wastewater and industrial wastewater of
Yueshan Town, which can protect local environment and play a significant
role in protecting the environment of lower reaches. Quantity of pollutants
reduced is in Figure 9-1.
Figure 9-1 Quantity of Pollutant Reduced in Yueshan Town Unit: t/a
Period BOD5 COD SS NH3-N TN TP Amount of
Water 1095000
Before Treatment 142.35 262.8 219 27.375 32.85 3.066
After Treatment 21.9 65.7 21.9 8.76 21.9 1.095
Cut 120.45 197.1 197.1 18.615 10.95 1.971 Cut Rate 85 75 90 68 33 64
9.1.2 Improved Water Quality
After the implementation of the Project, it is possible to control pollution
sources of the river, purify water quality, reserve moisture and enormously
reduce pollutants discharged into Xinqiaohe River; as a result, it can weaken
the impact of pollutants on local surface water to improve water quality, a
fundamental protection of water, making environmental conditions of Yueshan
Town improve obviously.
9.1.3 Improvement Benefit of Environmental Management Capability
The environmental monitoring and operating project provides strong technical
measures and supervision for local environmental protection, promotes
healthy development of local environmental efforts, effectively prevents
environmental pollution, reduces environmental risks, decreases the pollution
of surface water and improves regional environmental conditions to the largest
degree in multiple aspects such as management and technology.
138
9.1.4 Provision of Good Environmental Conditions for Regional Social
and Economic Development
The Project accelerates local urban infrastructure construction, establishes
and completes environmental infrastructure network system, further alleviates
the conflict between the city development of the river basin and region and
environmental constrains, improves environmental quality of the river basin
where the Project is implemented, increases functions of water environment,
and promotes urban function, providing suitable environmental conditions for
sound and fast social and economic development of the local region and the
whole province.
9.2 Social Benefits
9.2.1 Improvement of Healthy Level of Domestic Citizens and Living
Quality in the River Basin
The Project effectively solves issues about backward infrastructure of local
environment. On one side, it can purify water and air; on the other side, it also
can promote health of citizens and increase living quality by eliminating
propagation environment, providing protection and improvement of living
conditions, and reducing disease incidence.
9.2.2 Addition of Employment Chances
With the commencement of the Project, employment chances will be
provided. At first, some short-term and odd jobs can be offered during the
construction of the Project; secondly, some long-term and stable jobs can be
available when the Project is in the service period, including technical and
administrative staff who are directly engaged in the Project; and last but not
least, because of the Project, industrial and agricultural development will be
accelerated as a result of improving investment environment and attracting
funds, at the same time, it will also drive the development of the service
sector, adding much more employment chances.
9.2.3 Improvement of Residents' Environmental Awareness
Project construction is also a process of profound and active propaganda of
environmental protection. Specific environmental protection campaigns can
enable people to recognize the importance of environmental protection, and
understand the serious consequences of environmental disruption, including
139
economic losses, injuries of health, resource losses etc. Such campaign is
more effective than simple propaganda and is more easily accepted by
people. Besides, it can also develop into an environmental education
demonstration place to propagandize environmental protection knowledge to
the public for a long time; this will be of great benefits to improve the public's
environmental awareness.
9.2.4 Provision of Base Data for Abatement of District Pollution
Implementation of the construction project through environmental monitoring
and management can meet the society's increasing demands for
environmental monitoring and offer better services for regional economic
construction. Besides, it can also provide base data for the further explanation
of pollution sources, provide scientific criteria for the integrated abatement
policies of district pollution as well as the accurate assessment of regional
pollution abatement project, provide effective means for the government
functional department to supervise the operation of pollution abatement
facilities in accordance with the law, and intensify the management of regional
river basin environment.
9.3 Economic Benefits
The Project is about the construction of urban WWTP, which is a public
welfare project without obvious direct benefit on investment. Its economic
benefits are mainly indirect ones, including:
9.3.1 Economic Benefits from Pollution Control
It's mainly reflected by reducing the economic losses of society caused by the
pollutants in wastewater, from:
Industrial enterprises: It can reduce the investment and operation
management fees imposed on industrial enterprises to dispose wastewater
separately and alleviate enterprise's pressure;
Agriculture, animal husbandry, and fishery: water pollution may cause the
decline of output and quality of cereal crops, animal products and fishery
products and cause economic losses;
Health: water pollution may cause the rise of people's incidence, increase
people's health expenditures and reduce labor productivity.
9.3.2 Benefits from Revenue Increase
140
With the improvement of urban infrastructures and environment, value of land
in urban areas will correspondingly increase, especially land in towns, where
part of the loans can be subsidized through the benefits from the land.
9.4 Conclusions
The Project is part of the staged proposal to improve the environmental status
of Yueshan Town and promote the process of urbanization and
implementation of the sustainable development strategy in the whole
province. Disposal of town wastewater will bring important impact on the
urban infrastructure construction and ecological environmental protection in
the Project area and even the national and social economic development.
Implementation of the Project is: Instrumental in consolidating the results of
environment improvement within the Project area and further improving the
quality of local environment; Good for improving the production and living
conditions of local residents and improving people's quality of life and health
level; Good for facilitating the infrastructure construction and mercerization
of management of Yueshan Town and realizing the independent and positive
development of urban infrastructure construction through introducing and
borrowing domestic and overseas advanced technologies and management
experience; Good for promoting the urbanization construction of the whole
province, ensuring the sustainable development of society and economy
through the sustainable development of environment, and creating favorable
conditions for the sustainable development of Hunan province and building of
a well-off society in an all-round way. The Project can generate favorable
environmental, social and economic benefits, and comply with the state's
cause to build a well-off society in an all-round way and WB's purpose to
promote China's sustainable development through its China aid strategy.
141
10 Public Participation
10.1 Implementation Arrangement
Hunan Integrated Economic Development Demonstration Town Project
(Yueshan Town Subprojeoct, Xiangxiang City) Utilizing WB Loans is
conducted to improve the residential environment and infrastructures of
Yueshan Town. The construction of a WWTP and the supporting engineering
thereof will effectively prevent pollutions; greatly improve people’s living
conditions; protect surrounding water sources; beautify the surrounding
environment; construct a more comfortable and beautiful living environment;
improve and raise residential environment; quicken the construction of a
livable town; and lay a better environmental foundation for quickening urban
development. Project construction and operation may affect the environment
of surrounding areas, which is directly involved with the vital interests of
nearby residents, so according to the state environmental regulations and
regulative statutes as well as WB's safety protection policy (OP4.01), the
public is invited to the Project twice. The first time was during the compilation
of the Project environmental impact assessment outline and the second time
was when the first draft of the environmental impact assessment was
completed. The first round was aimed to collect the relevant information about
the public's concern of the Project construction. In the second time, the public
was organized to discuss the environmental problems and corresponding
countermeasures put forward in the first time in the hope of getting the public
understanding about the countermeasures taken in the Project.
The first round public participation was during the compilation of the
environmental impact assessment outline. The first round public participation
was mainly conducted through questionnaire survey and collective interview.
Participants include both the residents in the affected areas and the
government agencies and companies involved with the Project. Participants
include people of different ages, sexes, educational background and
occupations. During the survey, the environmental assessment unit showed
the Project’s general situations, including the major environmental impacts
possibly generated during project construction, to the public clearly, so that
the public could understand the existing environment of the Project area and
142
the possible negative influence of project construction on neighboring
environment; finally, the assessment unit collected participants' opinions and
suggestions of project construction and the issues they concern, and
organized discussions about the environmental issues cared by the public and
corresponding countermeasures in the hope of getting the nearby units and
public’s understanding about the Project construction and relevant
environmental impacts caused by it, and encouraged them to give
suggestions to the Project construction and timely feedback all their
suggestions and good ideas, so that the construction proposal can be further
improved and the Project’s impact on environment can be reduced to the
minimum.
The second round public participation was organized when the first draft of the
environmental impact assessment was finished; public participation was
conducted through informal discussions, interviews and questionnaire survey
given by Yueshan Town Government and the environmental assessment unit.
Participants were mainly experts, government agencies and representatives of
the affected people. The second round public participation was mainly about
the feedback of the issues cared by the public, and at the same time, the
abridged edition of the environmental impact assessment was placed at an
obvious place for the public to read. Such places include the compilation unit
of environmental impact assessment, project management office, and office of
Yueshan Town etc.
Relevant materials about the public's participation is in appendix 3 (including
the sign-in Table of informal discussions, meeting minutes, meeting photos
and sample form for the questionnaires of these two times).
10.2 Survey Results and Discussions of Public Participation
Major issues put forward by the affected crowds during public participation
include: Impacts of construction noise, fugitive dust, and material transport
noise on living environment as well as treatment and disposal of sludge in the
wastewater plant. Besides, compensation on land acquisition is also one of
the most concerned issues by the public.
During environmental assessment, the environmental assessment unit makes
relevant analysis of the issues concerned by the public and gives relevant
143
countermeasures so as to make sure the impact on environment caused by
project construction can be reduced to an acceptable level; main measures
include:
(1) Waste soil at the construction site shall be timely removed and backfill
shall be filled timely. In dry seasons, soilmund, soil shovel and transport shall
be watered timely so as to keep its surface wet and reduce the amount of
flying dust.
(2) Strengthen management and dispatch, improve work efficiency, strengthen
maintenance of equipment, and try to assemble the noisy machinery to work
intensively, and optimize the construction time, so as to shorten the time of
construction noise and reduce its influence; Set up movable sound insulated
screen barriers at the affected sensitive points near the pipe network and
reduce the impact on these points as much as possible.
(3) Strengthen the management, planning and dispatch during construction,
avoid transporting earth and construction materials at rush hours so as to
reduce the possibility of the Project's impact on traffic congestion;
(4) During the operation period, sludge shall be dewatered within the Plant
and then transported to landfill through closed tank cars and buried cleanly.
(5) Local administrative department for environmental protection shall
strengthen the supervision of companies, and urge the construction unit to
carry out all environmental protection measures during project construction
and operation. During project construction, the administrative department shall
pay attention to implement the environmental protection measures and make
sure all pollution prevention funds are put in the right place. After the Project is
put into service, it shall ensure the failure-free operation of environmental
protection facilities, discharge pollutants according to the standards after
treatment and make sure the river water won't be polluted.
(6) Isolate the major pollution sources; build the sludge hovel indoor;
dewatered sludge shall be carried away timely; clean the water extractor
timely and remove and transport the residues timely; set up 6 8m green
isolation belt at the Plant boundary; set the width of health protection distance
according to the specifications.
(7) Project construction shall be in strict accordance with pertinent state laws
144
and regulations; the construction unit shall make appropriate arrangements for
the production and life of affected residents after land procurement and
relocation, and give reasonable compensations and can't ignore their
livelihood.
Table 10-1 is a summary about the Project name, the public participation time
and ways, organization unit, participants, main concerned issues and the
feedback of environmental assessment about the public's concerned issues.
Table 10-1 Summary of the Public's Participation With Project Environmental
Assessment
Way of Participation
Organization Unit
Time Participants Main Issues Concerned
Feedback of Environmental Assessment
1st Round: Questionnaire
Survey and Interviews
Changsha Environmental
Protection Career
August 2011
Government officials,
technicians of
(1) Environmental
problems including flying
(1) Waste soil at the construction
site shall be timely removed and
145
Technical College and
Yueshan Town
Government
competent authorities,
experts, residents
around the Plant area
and residents,
schools and hospitals along the pipelines
dust and noise during the
construction period
(2) Compensations
for land procurement
and relocation (3) Treatment
and disposal of sludge during the operation
period
backfill shall be filled timely. In dry
seasons, soilmund, soil shovel and
transport shall be watered timely so
as to keep its surface wet and
reduce the amount of flying dust. (2) Strengthen
management and dispatch, improve work efficiency,
strengthen maintenance of
equipment, and try to assemble the
noisy machinery to work intensively, and optimize the construction time, so as to shorten
the time of construction noise
and reduce its influence; Set up movable sound insulated screen barriers at the
affected sensitive points near the
pipe network and reduce the impact on these points as much as possible. (3) Strengthen the
management, planning and
dispatch during construction, avoid transporting earth and construction materials at rush hours so as to
reduce the possibility of the
Project's impact on traffic congestion;
(4) During the operation period, sludge shall be
dewatered within the Plant and then
transported to landfill through
closed tank cars and buried cleanly.
(5) Local administrative department for environmental protection shall strengthen the
146
10.3 Information Disclosure
According to the regulations of Provisional Measure for Public Participating in
Environmental Impact Assessment, Measures for the Disclosure of
Environmental Information (for Trial Implementation), World Bank OP/ BP4.01
Environmental Assessment and BP17.50 Information Disclosure, the Project
discloses information about environmental assessment through bulletin and
notification. Summary of the Project information disclosure is in Table 10-2;
summary of the public's participation is in Table 10-3.
Table 10-2 Summary Sheet of Project Information Disclosure
Project Name
EIA (Yes/N
o)
EMP (Yes/N
o)
Chinese (C)
/English (E)
Disclosure Time
Disclosure Duration
Disclosure Ways and Inquiry Place
2011-8-18 2011.8.19-2011.8.28
Paste up notice in different sensitive
points (Xinqiao Village, Hongyang
Village, Bailong Village, Town Government,
Xianfeng Middle School, Central
Hospital and town area)
Hunan Integrated Economic Developm
ent Demonstration Town Project
(Yueshan Town
Subprojeoct,
Xiangxiang City)
Utilizing WB Loans
Y N C
2011-10-20
2011.10.21-2011.10.30
Paste up notice in different sensitive
points (Xinqiao Village, Hongyang
Village, Bailong Village, Town Government,
Xianfeng Middle School, Central
Hospital and town area)
147
Table 10-3 Summary Sheet of Project Participation
Way of Participation
Organization Unit
Time Participants Main Issues Concerned
Feedback of Environmental Assessment
148
1st
Round: Bulletin and Notice
Changsha Environmental Protection Career Technical College and Yueshan Town Government
August 2011
Residents around the Project area and residents, schools and hospitals along the pipelines
Environmental problems including flying dust and noise during the construction period
(1) Waste soil at the
construction site shall be
timely removed and backfill
shall be filled timely. In dry
seasons, soilmund, soil
shovel and transport shall
be watered timely so as to
keep its surface wet
and reduce the amount of flying dust.
(2) Strengthen management and dispatch, improve work
efficiency, strengthen
maintenance of equipment, and try to
assemble the noisy
machinery to work
intensively, and optimize the construction time, so as to shorten the
time of construction noise and reduce its
influence; Set up movable
sound insulated
screen barriers at the affected sensitive points near the pipe network and reduce the impact on
these points as much as possible.
(3) Strengthen the management, planning and dispatch during construction,
149
Treatment and disposal of sludge during the operation period .
During the operation period, sludge shall be dewatered within the Plant and then transported to landfill through closed tank cars and buried cleanly.
2nd
Round: Bulletin and Notice
Changsha Environmental Protection Career Technical College and Yueshan Town Government
October 2011
Compensations for land procurement and relocation
Project construction shall be in strict accordance with pertinent state laws and regulations; the construction unit shall make appropriate arrangements for the production and life of affected residents after land procurement and relocation, and give reasonable compensations and can't ignore their livelihood.
150
11 Migration and Social Impacts
11.1 General Situations
The Project is about the construction of the WWTP and its supporting pipe
networks; affected areas include: three Groups, namely, Yingxiongling Group,
Pumenkou Group and Xinqiao Group of Xinqiao Village, Yueshan Town,
covering 11 households, 46 people in all.
11.2 Project Impacts
With the assistance and cooperation of local governments at all levels,
administrative Villages, Group cadres, and migration and project design unit,
the Project Owner investigates the specific targets one by one according to
the preliminary land acquisition area, including populations, housings and
appurtenant works, lands, and special facilities which are affected by the
Project. Then it rechecks and surveys the specific targets according to the
latest feasibility study results. Based on field investigation, the consulting unit
and project design unit discuss with the Project Owner to consider the impacts
of project construction on local district and economy as much as possible
while selecting and optimizing the proposal, and take it as the key factor in
proposal optimization and selection. In order to reduce land acquisition and
migration as much as possible, the design unit and Owner have taken some
effective measures, and try to avoid the population centers in proposal
determination and arrangement of other supporting facilities, reduce the
number of immigrants and the area of occupied lands, and comply with the
local planning and local government's suggestions.
Affected areas in the Project include three Groups, namely Yingxiongling
Group, Pumenkou Group and Xinqiao Group of Xinqiao Village, Yueshan
Town. List of affected areas is shown in Table 11-1; impact on land ownership
and relevant units by land acquisition are shown in Table 11-2.
151
Table 11-1 List of Affected Areas
Permanent Land Acquisition Temporary Land Occupation
Project Area Total Land Acquisition Area (Mu)
Total Number of Peasant
Households Affected
(Household)
Total Number of Peasant
Households Relocated
(Household)
Number of Commercial
Tenants Affected
(Household)
Agricultural Acreage
(Mu)
Total Number of Peasant
Households Affected
(Household)
Number of Residents Relocated
(Household)
Number of Commercial
Tenants Affected
(Household)
Xinqiao Village
(Yingxiongling Group)
12.8 11 0 0 0 0 0 0
Table 11-2 Summary of Affected Cases
Project Name
State Land
Occupied (Mu)
Collective Land
Occupied (Mu)
Demolition Area (M2)
Enterprises and
Institutions Affected
(Unit)
Stores Affected
Temporarily (Store)
Relocated Households/Persons (Household/Person)
Number of Households/Persons
Having Land Occupied
WWTP of
Yueshan Town
0 12.8 0 0 0 0 11/46
As shown in Table 11-1 and 11-2, base data of land acquisition in the Project
are: Conditions of land acquisition: collective lands 12.8mu, all of which are
cultivated lands, having no uncultivated lands; 11 households, 46 persons are
affected by land acquisition.
(1) According to the survey, the WWTP occupies a land area of 12.8mu; all
the lands occupied are rural collective lands, and there are no state lands. All
the collective lands occupied are cultivated lands (including fertile lands),
having no uncultivated lands.
According to the investigation of immigrant's resettlement, 12.8mu collective
lands are occupied in the WWTP project of Yueshan Town, and the lands
occupied respectively belong to Yingxiongling Group, Pumenkou Group and
Xinqiao Group.
152
Table 11-3 Type and Quantity of the Collective Lands Occupied (Mu)
Project Affected Village
Type of Land Occupied Area (Mu)
Number of Households
Affected (Household)
Affected Population (Person)
Dry Land (Cotton and Rape Rotation)
0 0 0
Paddy Field 12.8 11 46 Fruit Garden 0 0 0
Vegetable Plot 0 0 0
Cultivated Land
Subtotal 12.8 11 46
WWTP of
Yueshan Town
Xinqiao Village
Uncultivated Land Uncultivated Land 0 0 0
(2) Rural Housings Relocated
No rural housings will be demolished and relocated in the Project.
(3) Stores Affected
No stores will be affected in the Project.
(4) Impact on Temporarily Occupied Land
In the wastewater treatment project of Yueshan Town, all the temporary
facilities are stored within the Project area (planed landscaping area
2,783m2), so there are no temporarily occupied lands.
(5) Affected Populations
Hunan Integrated Economic Development Demonstration Town Project
(Yueshan Town WWTP Project, Xiangxiang City) Utilizing WB Loans directly
affects 11 peasant households, 46 populations in all. As to the form of impact,
all of them are affected by land acquisition. Direct influence of the Project only
refers to the influence on populations by land acquisition, with no reference to
demolition and relocation of housings and stores, excluding the affected
enterprises and institutions either. Populations directly affected in the Project
are shown in Table 11-4.
153
Table 11-4 Populations Affected Directly by the Project
Impacts WWTP of Yueshan Town Households 11
Land Acquisition Persons 46
Households 0 Housings Demolished and Relocated Persons 0
Households 0 Demolition and Relocation of Stores Rebuilt By Peasant Housings
Persons 0
Households 0 Operation of Stores
Persons 0 Households 0 Demolition of Stands Built
on Pedestrian Access Persons 0
(6) Vulnerable Groups Affected
According to the relevant regulations of WB's business policy OP4.10 Ethnic
Minorities,: a. having the intentions to identify itself as a unique cultural group
of ethnic minorities and such identification is also accepted by others; b.
relying on the residential district or ancestral domains with unique features in
the Project area collectively, and relying on the natural resources in these
residential districts and domains; c. having traditional cultures, economy,
social or political systems different from those of the mainstream society and
culture; d. having minor languages different from the state or local official
language. Xinqiao Village does not meet the requirements of items b, c and d,
and it does not belong to the ethnic minority specified by WB, so WB's policy
on ethnic minorities is not applicable to it.
All the people in the Project area are of Han nationality. Residents within the
Project area have no obvious traditional cultures, economy, and social or
political systems different from those of the mainstream society and culture;
Residents within the Project area neither think they have the features of ethnic
minorities nor have such intentions. Therefore, no ethnic minorities are
involved in the Project.
Determination of Affected Vulnerable Groups
Vulnerable Groups mean the crowds that are most easily affected and have
no abilities to adapt to the changes caused by the Project construction among
the affected populations. Vulnerable Groups mainly include:
● Lonely old people: the elderly who are single and over 65, and have no
legal family supporters.
● Single parent family: the family of which the householder is single and
154
has minor children
● Orphan: children under 16 years old and having no parents
● Poor family: the family having Subsistence Allowances Acquisition
Certificate for Rural Populations in Xiangxiang City in urban areas and rural
family recognized to be particularly poor
● The handicapped: the people whose certain organs or functions are
disabled or lost or abnormal in psychology, physiology or body, or having lost
all or part of the abilities to engage in certain activities in a normal way
● Family having other special difficulties
Determination of Vulnerable Groups will be based on relevant policies and
statues as well as field investigations. During implementation of the Project,
the Immigrant Resettlement Department will decide it through indoor
investigation, visit to neighbors, confirmation by neighborhood committee etc.
� Affected disadvantaged family
According to indoor investigation and Villagers' comment, among the affected
populations, only one household belongs to disadvantaged group and the
family can enjoy the subsistence allowances. List of the disadvantaged family
affected by the Project is shown in Table 11-5.
Table 11-5 Information about the Affected Disadvantaged Family
Name Number of Family Members
Description of Difficulties Source of Income
Gan Shixiang
4
63 years old; divorced; having one daughter living with him and is married
and has a daughter; he is weak and sick, and can't live on himself; the
family is poor. (his family status is poor according to the Villagers' comments)
All the families are engaged in agriculture;
main source of income is planting; having no other
incomes
Note: the above stated disadvantaged group is decided through the
interview of Village committee and the three Groups
(7) Affected Surface Auxiliary Structures and Special Facilities
There are no surface auxiliary structures and special facilities in the Project.
11.3 Law and Policy Framework
11.3.1 Major Law and Policy Criteria
(1) Central policies
● Law of Land Administration of the People’s Republic of China,
implemented in January 1999; revised and put in force on August 28, 2004;
155
● Decision on Intensifying Reform and Strengthening Land
Administration; issued by the State Council on October 21, 2004;
● Notice on Strengthening Land Regulation and Control, issued by the
State Council on August 31, 2006;
● Regulations for Government Information Disclosure of the People’s
Republic of China; put in force on May 1, 2008;
● State Council’s Regulations on Intensifying and Reforming Land
Administration; No. 28 decree, 2006;
● Notice of the Ministry of Land and Resources about the Further
Management of Land Acquisition, released by the Ministry of Land and
Resources on June 26, 2010
(2) Laws and Regulations and Policies Released by Hunan Provincial
People’s Government and Relevant Departments
● Land Administration Enforcement Method of Hunan Province (2000)
● Notice on Releasing the Compensation Standard for Land Acquisition
in Hunan Province (XZF [2009] No. 43) (2009)
● Subsistence Allowances Method in Rural District of Hunan Province
(provincial people’s government No. 21)
● Notice of the General Office of Hunan Provincial People’s Government
on Responding the Provincial Labor Security Bureau’s Opinions on the
Employment Training and Social Security of Farmers Involved with Land
Acquisition
● Notice on Strengthening the Supervision and Administration of the
Distribution and Use of Compensation Fees for Land Acquisition of Collective
Economic Organizations in Rural District (XZF [2008] No. 15)
(3) Laws and regulations and policies released by Xiangtan municipal
people’s government and relevant departments
● Notice of Xiangtan municipal people’s government about printing and
distributing the Method of Compensation and Resettlement of Land
Procurement and Relocation in Xiangtan (XZF [2005] No. 27)
● Notice of the General Office of Xiangtan Municipal People’s
Government about Printing and Distributing the Method for Determining the
Low Income Families in Urban and Rural Areas of Xiangtan City (Trial
Implementation) (XZBF [2011] No. 32)
156
(4) Laws and Regulations and Policies Released By Xiangxiang Municipal
People's Government and Relevant Departments
● Notice of the General Office of Xiangxiang Municipal People's
Government about Printing and Distributing the Pilot Scheme for Employment
Training and Social Security of Farmers Involved with Land Acquisition in
Xiangxiang City (XZBF [2010] No. 20)
● Notice of the General Office of Xiangxiang Municipal People's
Government about Printing and Distributing the Management Method of
Social Security Funds of Farmers Involved with Land Acquisition in
Xiangxiang City (XZBF [2010] No. 21)
● Notice of the General Office of Xiangxiang Municipal People's
Government about Printing and Distributing the Executive Plan of
Employment Training and Social Security of Farmers Involved with Land
Acquisition in Xiangxiang City (XZBF [2010] No. 22)
● Follow-up Notice of the General Office of Xiangxiang Municipal
People's Government about Implementing Social Security of Farmers
Involved with Land Acquisition in Xiangxiang City (XZBF [2010] No. 67)
(5) WB's Policy for Settling Involuntary Resettlement
● WB business policy OP4.12 Involuntary Resettlement and its
appendixes; executed on January 1, 2002;
● WB business procedure BP4.12 Involuntary Resettlement and its
appendixes; executed on January 1, 2002;
11.3.2 Main Principles
According to the above policy framework, immigrant resettlement of the
Project is aimed to reduce the negative influence caused by land procurement
and relocation as much as possible. Property of the persons suffering from
negative influence will be compensated based on the replacement price, and
assistance will be offered to help them return to or exceed the original living
standard; main principles are:
� Take measures to reduce the negative influence to the minimum as much
as possible;
� The compensation proposal can ameliorate the immigrants' living standard
or at least help them return to the original living standard;
� Discuss seriously with the affected people and give opportunities to
157
participate in the plan and enforcement of the compensation proposal;
� All the affected property will be compensated according to the overall
replacement cost;
� The borrower is responsible for raising the compensation costs, including
contingency cost;
� Try to build new housings before removal. Before land procurement and
relocation, the people involved with land acquisition will get all the
compensations for their losses; that's compensations shall be granted to them
before land acquisition and use of relevant property.
11.4 Compensation Standard for Land Acquisition
The compensation standard for land procurement and relocation listed in this
report is formulated upon appropriate consultations with the affected units,
individuals and relevant local government departments based on the in-depth
survey and investigation, following the relevant laws and regulations of the
People's Republic of China and Hunan province as well as WB's business
guide for involuntary resettlement, with the purpose to recover and improve
the living standard of affected people within a short period after resettlement.
(1) Compensation Standard for Acquisition of Rural Collective Lands
Compensation costs for acquisition of rural collective lands include
compensations for land and taxes and dues paid to the state.
During investigation of immigrant resettlement and the establishment of
resettlement plan, Yueshan Town Government and land and resources
bureau exchanged ideas thoroughly with the Villages affected by land
acquisition and discuss the land acquisition compensation base suitable for
the Project. A uniform compensation base is made for the occupied land
according to the occupied land type, output, land position, agricultural land
class, per capita quantity of cultivated land, relation between land supply and
demand, local economic development level etc.
According to the Notice of the General Office of Xiangxiang Municipal
People’s Government on Releasing the Land Acquisition Compensation
Standard for Xiangxiang Section of the Passenger Dedicated Line of
Shanghai-Kunming High Speed Railway (XZBF [2010] No. 77), upon thorough
consultations between Yueshan Town Government and local Villagers,
158
compensations will be made following the standard of paddy fields, which is
31857yuan/mou.
(2) Compensations for State Land
There is no permanent occupancy of state land in the Project.
(3) Compensation Standard for Demolition and Relocation of Rural
Residences
No rural residence housings will be demolished and relocated in the Project.
(4) Compensations for Other Attached Facilities
There are no attached facilities in the Project.
(5) Compensations for Temporary Land Occupation
There is no temporary occupation of land in the Project.
11.5 Land Recovery Proposal
11.5.1 Compensation and Arrangement for Permanent Land Acquisition
(1) Analysis of Land Acquisition Impact
In the Project, 12.8mu collective lands in Xinqiao Village, Yueshan Town will
be occupied permanently, and 11 households, 46 persons in all are involved.
Based on field survey, although most of the lands occupied by the Project are
cultivated land, most occupied lands are barren, and farmers no long plough
these lands, so there is no severe impact on the households involved with
land acquisition. Besides, the Project area has achieved a relevantly high
state of economic development and its nonagricultural sectors are developed;
there are few labors engaged in agricultural production; although the affected
persons have agricultural household register, agricultural income is no longer
their major source of income, so land acquisition will make no big difference
on the income of affected households.
(2) Resettlement Proposal
In the affected area, there are fewer labors engaged in farm work, so labors
affected by land acquisition of the Project have basically solved the problem of
employment now. Besides, Yueshan Town and four affected administrative
Villages organize expertise training to farmers every year, and provide them
with employment information and employment opportunities, which can
promote the employment of the labors affected by land acquisition.
After the collective lands are occupied, the Owners can enjoy retirement
159
insurance after approved by the land and resource bureau of district level or
above. Occupied land of the households in two subprojects of Yueshan Town
is about 1mu per capita. Per capita occupied land is above 0.1mu, so
according to the Notice of the General Office of Xiangxiang Municipal
People's Government about Printing and Distributing the Pilot Scheme for
Employment Training and Social Security of Farmers Involved with Land
Acquisition in Xiangxiang City (XZBF [2010] No. 20), the Owners need not join
in the retirement insurance.
11.5.2 Recovery of Livelihood of the Farmers Affected By Land
Acquisition
There are 11 farm households that are affected by land acquisition;
agricultural income takes up 10% of their gross income; in general, the Project
will make no difference on the livelihood of these farmers within a short time;
for these farmers whose lands are occupied, Yueshan people's government
and Villagers have achieved agreement on the following resettlement
methods:
(1) After the WWTP of Yueshan Town is completed, it will first of all provide
job opportunities for the farmers having their lands occupied; those without
special skills and are willing to engage in farm work will be arranged to
participate in service jobs of the Project; At present, Xinqiao Village committee
and Yueshan people's government have made preliminary agreement on this.
(2) Xiangxiang Municipal Government and Yueshan Town Government set up
perfect labor service system to give help to the affected Villagers. Before land
acquisition, they set up relevant labor service institutions for the immigrants
and offer difference assistances with their employment. for example, open up
the personnel market free of charge; offer charge-free vocational and
technical training and so on.
11.5.3 Resettlement and Recovery of Affected Vulnerable Groups
There are 4 persons of one family are recognized as disadvantaged crowd
during land acquisition in the construction of WWTP of Yueshan Town. The
immigrant resettlement department and basic level government will give
special help and cares to this family. Main measures are:
As to the disadvantaged family determined in the Project, the Project
management office will offer the following guarantee measures:
160
(1) Gan Shixiang, whose family is in distress, is weak and sick, and can't live
on himself. His family is poor and can enjoy subsistence allowances. Besides,
the Project management office actively discusses with civil administration
department to offer him rural cooperative medical service free of charge and
give relevant subsidies for his difficulties;
(2) After the Project is completed, Yueshan people's government promises to
offer job opportunity for poor family members in the WWTP.
11.6 Vulnerable Groups
Among the Villages affected by land acquisition, the Project management
office will offer special financial and material supports to the crowds weak in
economy, including solitary old persons, families whose householder is a
woman, and extremely poor families. Among the affected populations, there is
only one disadvantaged family. After land acquisition, the standard of living of
such farmers (residents) affected by the Project will be ensured not to affected
by land acquisition.
The populations who have lost the work ability will enjoy living allowance
through the social security system; Those with the ability of work will be
provided with job opportunity, and receive training of employability skills, so
that they can have stable sources of income; Members of disadvantaged
family will be recruited to engage in some jobs requiring no special skills. In
addition, the government and Owner will also provide subsidies for their
difficult life and help them to return to normal living and production standard.
After land acquisition, the standard of living of such farmers (residents)
affected by the Project will be ensured not to affected by land acquisition.
The populations who have lost the work ability will enjoy living allowance
through the social security system; Those with the ability of work will be
provided with job opportunity, and receive training of employability skills, so
that they can have stable sources of income; Members of disadvantaged
family will be recruited to engage in some jobs requiring no special skills. In
addition, the government and Owner will also provide subsidies for their
difficult life and help them to return to normal living and production standard.
11.7 Institutional Arrangement
In order to do well in immigrants' resettlement, all levels of governments will
161
first of all ensure the smooth progression of project preparation and
immigrants' resettlement by setting up organizations and strengthening
abilities. Since November 2010, they have set up relevant organizations for
the Integrated Economic Development Demonstration Town Project Utilizing
WB Loans formally and defined the responsibilities of all organizations. Major
organizations relating to the resettlement of immigrants include:
Leading group of Integrated Economic Development Demonstration Town
Project (Yueshan Town Subproject) Utilizing WB Loans
Office of Integrated Economic Development Demonstration Town Project
(Yueshan Town Subproject) Utilizing WB Loans
Immigrants’ resettlement department of Integrated Economic Development
Demonstration Town Project (Yueshan Town Subproject) Utilizing WB Loans
Technical support group of Integrated Economic Development Demonstration
Town Project (Yueshan Town Subproject) Utilizing WB Loans
External monitoring institution of resettlement of immigrants
11.8 Complaint Settlement Mechanism
Although the immigrants are encouraged to participate in the compilation and
implementation of the Immigrant Resettlement Plan, there are some problems
arising in real jobs more or less. In order to solve these problems timely and
effectively and ensure the smooth progression of project construction and land
acquisition, besides the current complaint channel through letters in local
governments at all levels, another transparent and effective complaint channel
is also established for the immigrants in the Project from time to time. In order
to solve problems effectively and ensure the smooth progression of project
construction and land acquisition, a transparent and effective complaint
channel is established for the Project; general complaint channels are as
follows:
Stage 1 If the immigrants' rights are damaged during land acquisition or
resettlement, they can reflect the problem to the Village committee; the Village
committee or immigrant can directly consult the township resettlement office
or district (county) Resettlement office; when the resettlement office receives
the complaint, it shall make a record and solve the problem within two weeks
through consultations with the Village committee and immigrant.
162
Stage 2 If the complainant is not satisfied with the decision made in stage 1,
he/she can lodge a complaint to the leading group of Integrated Economic
Development Demonstration Town Project (Yueshan Town Subproject)
Utilizing WB Loans, which will deal with the complaint within 2 weeks.
Stage 3 If the immigrant is still dissatisfied with the decision of the leading
group of Integrated Economic Development Demonstration Town Project
(Yueshan Town Subproject) Utilizing WB Loans, he/she can lodge a complaint
and file an arbitration to the jurisdictional administrative organ level by level
according to the Administrative Procedure Law of the People's Republic of
China.
Stage 4 If the immigrant is still dissatisfied with the arbitral decision, he/she
can institute a suit to the civil court according to the civil procedure law.
Immigrant can institute a suit about any aspects of resettlement, including
compensation standard.
The immigrants will be informed of the above stated complaint channels
through meetings or other ways, so that they can fully understand their rights
of petition. Besides, relevant information will be propagandized or reported
through media, and complaints and suggestions about resettlement will be
made into written articles to be studied and dealt with by the resettlement
institutions at all levels.
Institutions receiving immigrants' complaints will not charge any fees, and
relevant expenses incurred by complaint will be deducted by the Project office
from the contingency cost.
11.9 Monitoring and Assessment
In order to ensure the smooth implementation of the Immigrant Resettlement
Plan and fulfill the goal of appropriate resettlement, the Project office will
make regular monitoring and assessment of land procurement and relocation
according to the requirements of WB business policy OP4.12 Involuntary
Resettlement and Guidance on Immigrant Monitoring and Assessment of
WB's China Loan Project. The monitoring is divided into two parts, namely,
internal monitoring by the resettlement institution and external independent
monitoring.
163
11.9.1 Internal Monitoring
(1) Method of Internal Monitoring
Internal monitoring is the monitoring of the implementation process of
resettlement inside the resettlement institution from top to bottom layer; it
requires the Project Owner and resettlement institutions at all levels to set up
standard and smooth resettlement implementation information management
system from top to bottom layer to track and reflect the progress of
resettlement in different districts. The land acquisition departments at all levels
shall report the progression, funds and results of resettlement using the
information management system from bottom to top layers, and take
measures and make analysis.
(2) Period and report of internal monitoring
Internal monitoring is a continual process; overall monitoring activity shall be
conducted once a quarter at least; at the critical period of resettlement,
frequency of monitoring will be increased.
During the preparation of project, internal monitoring institutions will compile
regular or irregular internal work report according to WB's review; its format
will be different for different projects and stages according to WB's
requirements. After implementation, simple weekly report, monthly report,
detailed quarterly report, semi-yearly report and annual report shall be made
for influential projects; the Projects having small influence only need simple
quarterly report and detailed semi-yearly report and annual report. Special
report will be made according to the requirements of project management. A
concluding report shall be made at the end of project implementation. The
internal monitoring report shall be submitted by the immigrant resettlement
institutions at all levels to the people's government of the same level and
immigrant resettlement department of higher levels, and the Project Owner.
The Project Owner shall submit an internal monitoring report to WB
semiannually.
11.9.2 External Monitoring
(1) External Monitoring Method
The external monitoring institution will monitor immigrant’s resettlement by
following means:
� Establish a database of affected population and carry out regular in-home
164
interview based on the immigrant’s resettlement investigation. The external
monitoring institution will make full use of the social and economic
investigation materials and the resettlement information management system
created by the Project office to perform dynamic management of basic
situation of those households involved with land acquisition and keep
informed of the immigrant situation. Make use of the situation reflected by the
database and carry out face-to-face interview at the affected families to know
progress of the resettlement and listen to their complaints, dissatisfaction, and
suggestions, as well as promote related national policies, related
requirements of the World Bank, and information on engineering construction.
The external monitoring institution will carry out the in-home interview
independently and obtain the list and information of the affected population
from grassroots organization, without accompany by the personnel of local
resettlement organization or local administrative personnel. For in-home
interview by the external monitoring institution, the interviewer shall be
relatively fixed, which means one person shall interview the same affected
area as many times as possible, so as to build a mutual trust relationship and
be favorable for performance of the work.
� Organize forums for affected population irregularly in the regions where
affected population gathers. The external monitoring institution will hold
forums in regions where affected population gather and listen to the opinions
of affected population on major issues affected by the Project. The forum can
be either formal or informal; can either invite the personnel of grassroots
resettlement organization or not, as the case may be.
� Field observation. Personnel of the external monitoring institution will
interview the immigrant’s resettlement areas regularly and irregularly and
observe immigrant’s resettlement situation on site.
� Individual investigation. Give emphasis to the analysis of individual
prominent cases during immigrant’s resettlement. Analyze source of the
problem, find out the solution, and propose reference opinions.
� Questionnaire. Carry out sampling investigation on production and life
recovery of the immigrants and opinions on immigrant’s resettlement and
analyze the results timely. Solve existing problems and provide references for
immigrant’s resettlement of the next year.
165
(2) Reporting System for External Monitoring
The external monitoring institution will prepare external monitoring reports
based on the materials obtained by observation and investigation. With two
main purposes: the first is to present the progress and existing problems of
the immigrant’s resettlement objectively to the World Bank and Owner of the
Project; and the second is to evaluate the social and economic effect of the
immigrant’s resettlement, propose constructive opinions and suggestions, and
improve the immigrant’s resettlement work.
Intervals for the external monitoring institution to report to the World Bank and
Owner of the Projects are as follows:
• Submit a interim annual monitoring report of immigrant’s resettlement
situation of first half of the year to the World Bank and the Owner
every year;
• Submit the monitoring report of previous year to the World Bank and
the Owner every year;
• Submit a comprehensive post immigrant’s resettlement assessment
report half a year after completion of all immigrant’s resettlement
work.
The contents of ordinary monitoring report shall at least include the followings:
� monitoring objects of this report; � progress of immigrant’s resettlement
work; � main findings of the monitoring institution; �main existing problems;
� basic assessment opinions and suggestions of external monitoring.
Reports of the external monitoring institution shall be submitted to the Project
office and immigrant’s resettlement expert of the World Bank in Chinese.
Before formal submission, inform related personnel of the immigrant’s
resettlement office and ask for their opinions, and communicate on the
contents and form of the report.
11.10 Financing and Implementation Plans
Expenses of the Project include land expropriation compensation, other
expenses related to land expropriation compensation, administrative
expenses for immigrant’s resettlement, and unpredictable expenses. In
accordance with the compensation standards and statistical numbers affecting
the Project, the World Bank loan for immigrant’s resettlement of Yueshan
166
Integrated Economic Development Demonstration Town Project of WWTP
and Matching Pipe network Construction is RMB 1,074,082.77. Refer to the
Table for specific budgets.
167
Table 11-6 Budget Sheet of Yueshan Town Immigrants Resettlement
Category Unit Quantity Compensation Standard
(RMB) Amount (RMB)
I. Basic Expenses
1.1 Farmland Expropriation Compensation
Mu 12.8 31857 407769.6
1.2 Compensation of Crops
Mu 12.8 1800 23040
1.3 Farmland Use Tax
m2 8533.3 25 213332.5
1.4 Land Cultivation Expenses
Mu 12.8 20000 256000
Charges
Related to Land Expropriatio
n 1.5 Land Management
Expenses
In accordance with XJF No. [2003] 42, charge at 4% of total land
expropriation compensation 16310.78
II. Other Expenses
1
Agency Fees for
Resettlement in Land
Expropriation
Charge at 1.8% of the basic immigrant expenses
16496.15
2
Monitoring and Assessment
Fees for Immigrants
Resettlement
Estimate at 0.4% of the basic immigrant expenses
3665.81
III. Administrative Expenses
1
Administrative Expenses for Immigrants
Resettlement
Charge at 5% of the basic immigrant expenses
45822.64
IV. Unpredictable Expenses
1 Unpredictable
Expenses Charge at 10% of the basic immigrant
expenses 91645.29
Total 1074082.77
The World Bank loan for immigrant’s resettlement of Yueshan Integrated
Economic Demonstration Town Project shall be raised by the Urban
Construction Fund Office under the control of the people’s government. Funds
granting during the immigrant’s resettlement is done by issuing the funds to
the compensation objects through exclusive accounts without any
intermediate steps to prevent withholding and misappropriation.
Transfer of the immigrant’s resettlement fund of the Project shall comply with
the following principles:
• All expenses related to land expropriation shall be incorporated into
general estimate of the Project, and the land expropriation
168
compensation for each sub item shall be approved by implementation
unit of the sub item, and the compensation shall be paid by the
people’s government directly to related units and persons through
exclusive accounts.
• Compensations paid to individual families shall be paid to the affected
families through exclusive accounts.
• Land compensation shall be paid before the expropriation;
All the funds must be paid under the supervision and management of internal
monitoring institution and monitored by external monitoring institution.
Establish financial and supervision organizations of various levels to ensure
timely payment of all funds.
169
12 Environment Management Plan 12.1 Environment Management System
In accordance with the management authority under the Environmental
Protection Law of the People’s Republic of China and Regulations for
Management of Environmental Project in Construction Projects,
environmental impact assessment report of the Project is to be approved by
the Xiangtan City Environmental Protection Bureau. The Xiangtan City
Environmental Protection Bureau is the environment management
organization of the Project and is responsible for proposing environmental
protection requirements based on the contents of the environmental impact
assessment report of the Project and coordinating the environmental
protection management among different departments, and for organization the
“three simultaneousness” acceptance of environmental protection facilities.
Under the general administrative organizations of the Project, Hunan World
Bank Loan Project Office takes charge of implementation of the whole project
under the lead of Hunan Provincial Government. To ensure successful
implementation of the environment management of the Project, Hunan Project
Office will entrust specialized environment management organization to
cooperate with the Project office, owner, contractor, and operator to
implement the environment management plan during construction stage and
operation stage of the Project.
Hunan World Bank Loan Project Office shall be responsible for planning and
design of the Project and supervising and managing environmental protection
procedures of the Project, and organizing province-wide environment
management skill trainings of the Project; Xiangtan City Environmental
Protection Bureau is mainly responsible for routine supervision of environment
management of the Project; Xiangxiang City Environmental Monitoring Station
is entrusted by the Owner to monitor environment quality of the Project Area
during construction and operation periods of the Project; the environment
supervision engineer entrusted by the Owner shall be responsible for the
environment supervision during construction of the Project.
The Owner plans to appoint specialized environment management personnel
to take charge of the environment management of each stage of the Project;
170
and implement the environmental protection regulations and plans; check the
execution of environmental protection measures of the Project; promote
advanced applied environmental protection technologies and experiences;
and organize environmental protection technology training for related
personnel of the Project to improve quality of the personnel. There are great
differences in environment management of the construction period and the
operation period of the Project, and the two distinguish from each other in time
limit, one of which is temporary and the other is long-term. Therefore, the
contractor and the operator establish different organizations for different
stages and adopt the means of phased management. At the end of the
construction period, corresponding management organization shall be
dismissed, and the management organization for the operation period starts
operating. A certain period of intercrossing is allowed as the case may be.
Organization structure is as shown in Figure 12-1. Refer to Table 12-1 for the
Project environmental protection supervision plan.
171
Figure 12-1 Schematic Diagram of Project Environmental Protection Organization
Structure
Environmental
Protection
Bureau of
Owner
L
oc
al
E
n
vi
ro
n
m
en
E
n
vi
ro
n
m
en
ta
l
i
D
es
ig
n
U
ni
t
C
o
ns
tr
uc
ti
o
n
C
E
n
vi
ro
n
m
en
t
su
pe
L
oc
al
en
vi
ro
n
m
en
t
O
w
ne
r
or
o
pe
ra
to
r
Environment management and execution
organizations during design and
construction periods
Environment management and
execution organizations during
operation period
County Level
Hunan
Project
Xiangxiang
Project
Hunan
Province
Level
World Bank
Enterprise
Level
Environmental
Protection
Bureau of
City Level
172
Table 12-1 Project Environmental Protection Supervision Plan
Stage Organization Supervision Contents Supervision Objective
Feasibility Research
Stage
Xiangtan City Environmental
Protection Bureau
World Bank Project Office
Review and reply environmental impact assessment documents
1. Ensure that the environmental impact assessment is overall, with proper topics and prominent key points; 2. Ensure that possible major and potential problems of the Project are reflected; 3. Ensure that measures for mitigating environmental impact has specific feasible implementation plan.
Design and Construction
Stages
Hunan Provincial
Government, Hunan Project
Office, Xiangtan City Environmental
Protection Bureau
1. Review preliminary design of environmental protection measures; 2. Check the reinstatement of temporary construction land, recovery of vegetation, and recovery of environment; 3. Check the dust and noise pollution control measures and determine the time of construction; 4. Check the emission of air pollutants; 5. Check the discharge and disposal of domestic wastewater and construction waste water of the construction site.
1. Strictly execute the three-simultaneousness; 2. Ensure the compliance of these sites with the environmental protection requirements; 3. Reduce the affect of construction on surrounding environment, and execute related environmental protection regulations and standards; 4. Reduce the affect of construction on surrounding environment, and execute related environmental protection regulations and standards; 5. Prevent water and soil losses.
Operation Stage
Hunan Project Office,
Xiangtan City Environmental
Protection Bureau,
Xiangtan City Environmental
Protection Bureau
1. Check the implementation of monitoring plan; 2. Check the sensitive points requiring further environmental protection measures (there may be environment problems ignored); 3. Check whether environment quality of the environment sensitive points meets corresponding quality standard requirements; 4. Strengthen supervision, prevent accidents and prepare emergency response plans to eliminate dangers timely in case of any accident.
1. Implement the monitoring plan; 2. Protect the environment; 3. Strengthen environment management and protect public health; 4. Ensure that emission of the pollutants complies with the emission standard.
173
12.1.2 Environmental Protection Organization during THE Construction
Period
12.1.2.1 Duties and Responsibilities of Environmental Protection Organization
Technical level: on technical level of environment management, the Provincial
Project Office shall engage experts for project management.
Project office level: the Provincial Project Office shall appoint a project
environment manager to supervise implementation of the management plan,
who will be responsible for all problems of the World Bank in connection with
the environment, and in the meantime, the Provincial Project Office shall
entrust a specialized environment management organization to cooperate in
supervising implementation of the environment management plan.
City level: Xiangtan City Environmental Protection Bureau is responsible for
the approval of environmental impact assessment document and for routine
environment supervision and management.
County level: Xiangtan City Environmental Protection Bureau is responsible
for routine environment supervision and management of construction period
and operation period of the Project and for completion environmental
protection acceptance and routine monitoring after completion of the Project;
Xiangxiang Project Office shall appoint a project environment manager to
supervise implementation of the environment management plan and make
records and report to the Project environment manager of the Provincial
Project Office of the implementation of environment management plan.
Contractor level: appoint 1~2 environment management coordinators to
supervise implementation of the environmental protection measures of the
construction and negotiation and solve environment problems with
surrounding residents, and to communicate with the Project office and
environment supervision organizations.
Operator level: Each enterprise shall establish an environment management
office which is composed of two full-time environmental protection personnel,
and ordinary personnel of the company shall provide assistances to these two
engineers to accomplish environment management of operation stage of the
company. The company shall equip such communication facilities as internet
and telephone to keep in touch with the environment management supervision
organizations.
174
Environment supervision engineer level: Each Owner shall engage an
environment supervision engineer for the Project and supervise on-site
environment management during the construction.
12.1.2.2 Posts and Responsibilities of Personnel
(1) Technical Environment Experts
Technical environment expert is the technical support of Hunan Project Office
and shall perform whole process tracking during preliminary stage of the
Project and provide regular service for 4 years after implementation of the
Project, two weeks for each quarter.
The technical environment expert shall ensure that all necessary requirements
must be met at beginning of the Project and ensure that the environment
management system is fully and effectively implemented in accordance with
the environment laws and regulations and the security regulations of the
World Bank.
A. Provide necessary trainings to environment manager of the Project,
environment management personnel of the contractor and operator and the
environment supervision engineer.
B. Provide expert consultancy to the Project office, owner, contractor, and
operator.
C. Provide assistances to environment management personnel of the
enterprise to organization monitoring activities.
(2) Project office: Environment manager
The Provincial Project Office shall appoint an environment manager who shall
report to the World Bank and supervise environment experts of the Project.
The environment manager shall provide assistances to the land management
organization and immigrant resettlement organization to prevent the above
from holding back implementation plan of the Project, and the responsibilities
are as below:
A. Provide trainings to the environment management manager with the help of
the assistant.
B. Establish a monitoring plan with the help of the assistant.
C. Communicate with the environment management manager and
construction staff by following means:
--Provide routine monitoring reports to the Project office and World Bank
175
--In case of the second and third cases, provide special unconformity report
--Communicate with personnel of the construction unit and operation unit
orally and agree on the solution if any solution is found
--Propose correction measures with the environment management engineer
and environment management manager in case of any unconformity
D. Environment engineer, environment management manager of project office
of the company and the construction unit and operation unit shall all attend the
meeting.
E. Coordinate the communication report of the environment management
expert to the World Bank.
(3) Owner: Environment manager coordinator EMC
The Owner shall appoint a EMC to take charge of environment supervision
and report to the Project office and government organizations of the
implementation of environmental protection by the construction unit and
operation unit. Detailed responsibilities of EMC are:
A. To work out detailed environmental protection rules of the construction unit
and operation unit, detailed supervision rules and environmental protection
procedures of the construction unit and operation unit, and collect the outlines
of project management designers with the help of the technical assistant
during preliminary stage of the Project.
B. To entrust projects requiring special equipments for monitoring, such the
atmosphere and water environment quality monitoring.
C. To provide monthly monitoring report, project and feasibility study
implementation situation and remedial measures to the Project office. Hold
meetings with the Project office every month to make report of the Project
supervision and discuss compliance of the Project.
D. Choose experts and consultants from universities and organizations to
consult the training methodology and technical issues. As the case may be.
E. Organize special research and public investigation in connection with
special construction requirements of the Project or necessary changes.
F. Report to environment manager of the Project office and the environment
supervision organization on solutions of unconformity of the feasibility
research and measures for emergencies.
G. Disclose information through conferences and local media.
176
(4) Environment Supervision Engineer
The environment supervision engineer shall be responsible for the
construction engineering activities of the supervisor and other related activities
such as: land occupation and ensuring that the above activities comply with
the environmental protection requirements, environmental protection
investment, and environmental protection objectives, and shall be responsible
for coordinating the land management department on site and the relationship
with the environment monitoring department. Main responsibilities of the
environment supervision engineer are:
A. To ensure that all project licenses and requirements and environment
management plans are implemented before commencement of the Project.
B. To check that all personnel of the construction unit and operation unit have
implemented the environmental protection measures as specified under the
contract.
C. To prepare standard monthly statement of the monthly rewards obtained by
the construction unit and operation unit for their efforts and contributions to
environmental protection activities for the Project and in compliance with their
qualifications.
D. To compile environmental protection monitoring documents.
E. To identify the compliance of special research and special activities with the
requirements and communicate with the EMC and to implement special
measures regularly and effectively.
F. To communicate with the construction staff to help explaining site
environment requirements; to provide suggestions on remedial measures and
provide remedial measures to projects deviating from original intention of the
Project; and to issue special official guidelines to the construction unit and
operation unit.
G. To communicate the construction unit and operation unit and the
construction consultant to facilitate communication; to obtain some other
opinions about special problems to present the problems during the
implementation quickly to the construction management engineer to solve
such problems; and to apply for suspension if the Project has potential
damage to the sensitive targets or the Project is significantly inconsistent with
the Project design.
177
H. To communicate with the Project construction supervision engineer and
construction staff; to prepare regular weekly monitoring report; and to prepare
inconsistency records, and if any inconsistency with the Project design is
found, propose remedial measures to the Project designer if necessary.
12.1.3 Environment Management Organization during the Operation
Period
(1) Responsibilities of the Environment Management Office
The Project operator shall establish a special environment management office
which shall implement the environment management plan during the
operation period. Detailed responsibilities of the environment management
office are:
a. To manage execution of environmental protection measures of the Project;
b. To coordinate with the environment supervision management department
and surrounding residents on environment problems;
c. To entrust environment monitoring station to perform routine monitoring to
the three pollutants discharged by the Project facilities and environment
quality of the region;
d. To perform environment risk emergency responses in case of any
environment accident;
e. To report to the Xiangtan City Environmental Protection Bureau and Hunan
Project Office of related information on environment management of the
enterprise;
f. Record and documentation of environment management archives of the
enterprise.
(2) Environment Management Organization Structure
Refer to Table 12-2 and 12-3 for environment management organization
structure of the Project.
178
Table 12-2 Arrangement of Management Personnel of the Project Office
Organization Environment Manager Environment Expert Hunan Project Office 1 1
Xiangxiang Project Office 1 1
Yueshan Project Office 1 1 Total 3 3
Table 12-3 Personnel Arrangement of Environment Management Organization
Construction Contractor Operator Environment
Manager Coordinator
Environment Supervision
Engineer
Environment Management
Personnel
Risk Emergency Response Personnel
Subtotal
2 2 2 1 5
12.2 Implementation of Environment Management Plan
12.2.1 Detailed Tasks of Implementation of Environment Management
Plan
There are environmental impacts from the Project during the construction
period and operation period. Corresponding environmental protection
measures shall be taken based on the characteristics of environmental
impacts of the construction period and operation period to reduce the impacts
to an acceptance extent. Environment management and monitoring
procedures have been established to ensure effective function of the
environment measures.
The World Bank Project Office shall track and report the monitoring of
environment measures based on performing its project management function.
General environment measures and responsibilities of related units are
introduced in this chapter. The Project office shall track and report the
implementation of various environment monitoring measures in the Project.
Refer to Table 12-4 for list of actions for environment measures
implementation management and monitoring.
179
Table 12-4 List of Detailed Activities of Environment Management Organization
Responsibility Plan Activity
Implementation Supervision Source Remark
Preliminary Construction Stage
One year
Create an environment management design team and recruit its
members
Company PMO PMO/Company
Recruit staff, choose an
office, purchase
transportation equipments,
and raise operation expenses
One year
Each CSE chooses or appoints an environment supervisor
EMD CSE CSE
One year
Each CSE shall
implement environment supervisor
training
EMD CSE CSE
One year
Prepare and implement the training plans to EMD and
PMO environment managers
(TA) Technical assistant
PMO PMO/Company
Carry out part of the global
training for the Project
One year
Prepare work plan for EMD
and environment supervisor
Technical assistant
PMO/Company PMO/Company
Including clear roles and
responsibilities of EMD and environment supervisor
One year
Prepare work documents:
standard, site inspection table, and
report forms of different activities
EMD PIUS/PMO PMO/Company
Adjust the mode of the
original document and adjust it on site
One year
Prepare detailed
procedures for any
inconsistency found in the
monitoring and report
(TA) PIUS/PMO PMO/Company
One year
TA assists EMD PMO/WB PMO/Company
One Prepare EMD Company PMO/Company Report the
180
year entrusting contract for EMD of the monitoring activities (requiring special
monitoring equipments,
such as water quality and atmosphere monitoring)
consistency of the process
implementation and work plan with land use
Construction Period
One year (0
to 3 months)
The environment supervisor discusses
adjustment of the Project
with EMD and improve the documents
and processes
EMD/Environment supervisor
PIUS/PMO
Process adjustment to
increase efficiency
One year (0
to 3 months)
Each project contracting party must
appoint a full-time personnel
with environment responsibility to work with
the environment
supervisor and EMD
Contract PIUS/PMO Contracting
party Approved by the enterprise
One year
Each project construction
unit and operation unit shall organize
its staff to study
elementary environment
knowledge and measures
Contract EMD/Environment
supervisor Contracting
party
The EMD shall introduce site management
and environment
problems
One year
Organize public
communication and provide supporting materials
TA assists EMD Company PMO/Company
Work out communication
regulations and process and prepare postings and presents for onsite and
offsite safety
181
rules and work out regulations and process to
establish communication
on broadcasting
and TV
One year
Standardize the
cooperation with other
provincial and city
organizations
EMD Company PMO/Company Cooperate with
all projects
Operation Period
Confirm the reporting
procedures of environment
problems during the operation
period
Owner Xiangtan City Environmental
Protection Bureau
Confirm co centralized
piling and safe disposal of the dirt produced in the Project
Owner, environmental
sanitation department
Xiangtan City Environmental
Protection Bureau
Monitor tail water
discharged by the WWTP
Operation unit Xiangtan City Environmental
Protection Bureau Operation unit
12.2.2 Contract Requirements for Environment Management
During the Project construction, contractor plays a key role in environment
management, pollution control and preventive measures, and therefore the
contractor shall comply with the following requirements:
(1) Choose a competent contractor to ensure effective execution of the
environment management plan;
(2) Contractor and construction supervisor must receive trainings on
environmental protection and environment management before construction;
(3) The above environmental impact mitigation measures during the
construction period shall be included in bidding documents of the contractor
and incorporated into the construction contract as contract requirements for
the Project contractor.
(4) The contractor shall monitor its environment activities and provide
182
environment performance record and report once a day or a week. The
Project office and construction supervision team shall supervise and review
these records.
(5) The contractor shall appoint at least one full-time environment personnel
for the Project. The environment personnel shall receive the training on the
training plan to be competent for their work.
(6) During the construction, the contractor shall communicate and negotiate
with the public of where the Project is located and erect a bulletin board at
each construction unit to notify the public of specific construction activity and
construction time. In the meantime, the contact and telephone shall be
provided so that the public may complain about and provide suggestions for
the construction activities.
(7) The contractor shall reserve and estimate a deposit for environment
management from the contract price, taking up about 3% of the budget.
12.2.3 Information Communication and Solution of Unconformities
The information of environment monitoring shall be disclosed to the site
environment supervisor, environment management manager of the enterprise,
and the Project office. To enable the management focus on important issues,
unconformities of the Project are divided into the following three levels based
on their significance.
Level I: definition: such unconformities are defined as inconsistencies with the
original requirements but will not affect especially important resources in the
near future. If no attention is paid to the reoccurrence of level I, level II will be
caused. Measures: solve the situations of level I by proper cooperation and
regular communication. For example, discuss with the personnel of the
construction unit and operation unit to facilitate the implementation of remedial
measures. The formal communication means is typically the weekly report
made by the environment supervision engineer to the environment
management manager and site construction manager of the enterprise.
Level II: definition: such unconformities do not cause significant damage and
irreversible affect to the sensitive and important resources. However, they
must be corrected and solved on site to prevent the above affect. If no
attention is paid to the reoccurrence of level II, level III will be caused.
Measures: In case of any event of level II is found, it must be reported by the
183
environment management manager of the enterprise to the environment
manager and site construction manager of the Project office, so as to agree
on remedial measures as soon as possible. Generally, remedial measures
shall be proposed within one week after occurrence of the event.
Level III: definition: this level includes the damages to sensitive targets with
especial concern or predictable and coming damages. Those behaviors
forbidden internationally are also classified as level III. Measures: In case of
any event of level III is found, it must be reported by the environment
management manager to the environment manager and site construction
manager of the Project office, so as to agree on remedial measures as soon
as possible. Generally, remedial measures shall be proposed within three
days after occurrence of the event. Unless more time is required under special
cases. If necessary, environment management manager of the enterprise may
require the construction manager to stop some special projects to protect the
resources before implementation of the remedial measures.
12.2.4 Training—Necessary Capability Construction and Method
Construction
12.2.4.1 Training Requirements
Main objects of environment capability construction are the environment
managers and environment supervisors whose training is part of the technical
support of the Project. During implementation of the Project, training courses
are also provided to the construction party and staff. Before commencement
of the Project, all the construction unit, operation unit, and construction
supervisor are required to participate in the compulsory environment, health,
and safety training.
12.2.4.2 Training Contents
(1) Environment Management Personnel and Environment Supervision
Engineer
The training shall be organized by the Provincial Project Office to environment
manager of the Project office, environment manager coordinator and
environment supervision engineer of the Project and executed by environment
technical experts. Refer to Table 12-5 for training contents.
184
Table 12-5 Training to Environment Management and Environment Supervision
Engineer
Topic Training Contents Duration
Operation Capability (Environment Manager and Environment Supervisor)
Browse and identify hot keys of word, excel, and PowerPoint quickly; study security policies of the World Bank; establish detailed environmental protection rules for the construction party to strengthen the study, and each detailed rules shall include monitoring instructions after the technical consultant prepares the detailed environmental protection rules. Study environmental impact of the Project and environment items to be monitored
4 days
Conformity Monitoring (Environment Manager and Environment Supervisor)
Site monitoring process of the training project includes organization, communication, roles, and responsibilities, decision-making process, report, and standard observation procedures.
1 day
Emergency Aid and Medical Aid (Environment Manager and Environment Supervisor)
The process of looking for medical aid under emergencies and non-emergencies and the process of looking for related medical aid. (Such as toll telephone, medical consultation)
1/2 day
Health and Safety Monitoring and Reporting Process
Health and safety problems; health and safety requirements; how to implement health and safety inspection; and the process of reporting and solving problems
1 day
Water Quality, Air, and Noise Monitoring and Analysis (Environment Manager and Environment Supervisor)
Use of equipments includes standard, testing, method, sample transshipment, data quality control; monitoring and reporting requirements
1/2 day
(2) Contractor and Construction Staff
Trainings shall be organized by the Project office or construction Owner of the
Project at the Project site before implementation of the Project and shall be
implemented by environment management experts or trained environment
manager of the enterprise. Refer to Table 12-6 for specific training contents
and terms.
185
Table 12-6 Training to Construction Personnel
Training Mode Training Contents Training Term
General environment knowledge of construction staff
Introduce environment related environmental impact factors and environmental protection measures; Introduce environment sensitive areas and problems within the construction area, and introduce surrounding area inside the construction area; Roles and responsibilities of the environment management design engineer, environment supervisor, and construction supervisor, and key points of environment problems to be reported Wastes management of the construction camp and construction site; Pollution control measures of the construction site; Punishment to violations of laws and regulations;
Courses to be held in Yueshan Town for half a day
General health and safety of construction staff
Including means of transmission and protection, prevent HIV/AIDS and STD; No alcohol and drug; The process of looking for medical aid under emergencies and non-emergencies and the process of looking for related medical aid. (Such as STD examination and consultation); General health and safety knowledge includes some basic processes: traffic safety, electricity safety, explosion, fire; Use personal protection devices; Punishments to violations of laws and regulations;
Courses to be held in Yueshan Town for half a day
(3) Operator
Trainings shall be organized by the Project office or construction Owner of the
Project at the Project site before operation of the Project and shall be
implemented by environment management experts or trained environment
manager of the enterprise. Refer to Table 12-7 for specific training contents
and terms.
186
Table 12-7 Training to Environment Management Personnel of the Operator
Object Training Contents Training Term World Bank project management procedures; Environment information documentation, disclosure, communication, and reporting mechanism; Environment risk emergency response; Health and safety examination and reporting process
Courses to be held for one day
Environment Management Personnel
Advanced process and environment management investigation
Investigation in domestic leading WWTP
Environment Staff
Use of equipments includes standard, testing, method, sample transshipment, data quality control; monitoring and reporting requirements; Environment risk emergency response: potential leakage and overflow, environment and personal impact of leakage and overflow, and the emergency response includes preferred response, location and use of the response facilities.
Courses to be held for two days
12.2.4.3 Expenses Estimate for Personnel Training
Refer to Table 12-8 for expenses estimate for project capability construction.
Table 12-8 Training Plan of Project Environmental Protection Personnel
Stage Category Number (Person) Time Expenses (ten
thousand Yuan)
Project manger training
1 Before
implementation of the Project
2
Project Manager Coordinator
2 Before
implementation of the Project
2
Environment Supervision
Engineer 2
Before implementation of the Project
2
Construction staff
All staff of the contractor
Before commencement
30
Construction Period
Subtotal 36
Operation Period
Training to full-time environment
management personnel of the
enterprise
2 Operation period of the enterprise
4
187
Skill training to environment staff of the enterprise
6 Before operation of the enterprise
6
Subtotal 10 Total expenses 46
12.3 Environment Monitoring Plan
12.3.1 Monitoring Objective
Environment monitoring covers the construction period and operation period
of the Project, with the purpose to knowing pollution dynamics of the Project
all-around and timely and knowing the impact extent and scope of the Project
construction on environment quality changes of the area where the Project is
located and feeding back such information to the competent authorities to
provide scientific basis for environment management of the Project.
12.3.2 Environment Monitoring Institution
The Project contactor or operator shall entrust the environment monitoring
station of Xiangtan where the Project is located to take charge of environment
monitoring during the construction period and operation period, and the
entrusted unit shall have national environment quality monitoring certification,
complete equipments, sound technologies, and be competent to accomplish
the environment monitoring tasks for which it is responsible.
According to the results of environmental impact predictions, sensitive points
likely to be polluted shall be considered as the monitoring point. Track and
monitor the pollution during construction period and operation period of the
Project. Monitored items are noise, air environment, and surface water
environment which have great impact on the environment. Monitored factors
shall be determined in accordance with the characteristic pollution factors of
the Project. The monitoring and analysis methods shall be those specified for
corresponding items under the Environment Monitoring Technological
Specifications issued by the State Environmental Protection Administration.
The evaluation standards shall be the national standards confirmed by
environmental impact assessment of each sub item.
Refer to Table 12-9 for detailed key procedures required for effective
monitoring of the construction site and activities.
188
Table 12-9 Monitoring during the Operation Period and Construction Period
Responsibility Plan Activity
Implementation Supervision Fund
Raising
Remark
Construction Period
One year (1 to 2 months)
Prepare site environment management
plan
Contracting party
EMC/PIU/EPB Contracting
party
Prepare the plan within one
month after signing the contract,
complete the plan within two months, which
shall be reviewed and
approved by the EMC
Construction Period
The construction
unit and operation unit of the Project shall
propose boundary of the Project which
shall be approved
Contracting party
EMC/PIU/EPB /
A map shall be compiled as
required by the construction unit
and operation unit before
implementation of the Project
One year (1 to 3 months)
Prepare pollution control
plan, air pollution and
noise
Contracting party
EMC/PIU/EPB Contracting
party
After consulting with concerned agencies and
residents, being reviewed and
approved by the EMC
Construction Period
Air, noise, and water
monitoring Referred to the special part
Construction Period
The pollution control plan and all the pollution
control measured
mentioned in the CSEMP
must be implemented, before which
the construction unit and
operation unit shall
accomplish all mitigation
measures and check all
construction
Contracting party
EMC/PIU/EPB /
CSEE shall visit and check
the construction camp and
facilities every day, 2 months
for EMC
189
camps and facilities every
week
Construction Period
Environmental protection
measures of the construction
unit and operation unit
shall be filled in the monthly report and submitted
Contracting party
EMC/PIU/EPB /
The suggestions of
CSE is the basis of final payment by PIU/PMO
Construction Period
Observe and report
unconformities of the Project based on the
processes and severity
Contracting party
EMC/PIU/EPB /
Level I: EMC Level II: EMC
and PIU Level III: EMC,
PIU, PMO
Construction Period
Decide to delay or refuse to pay the engineering
cost to the construction
unit and operation unit
Contracting party
EMC/PIU/EPB / /
Construction Period
Make sure that the land
expropriation process meets
the needs of the construction
plan
Contracting party
POIU / /
Construction Period
Traffic information involved the construction process must be provided
Contracting party
EMC/PIU/EPB Contracting
party
Final approval by EMC, the
Project construction party must provide the latest traffic information
which shall be reviewed by CSEE&EMC
and the transportation department and finally
approved by EMC
Construction For temporary Contracting EPB and Contracting The
190
Period interruption of the utilities, a
notice to reassure the
public shall be posted at least
three days beforehand
party concerned Agencies
party construction party shall submit the latest plan
which shall be jointly reviewed by concerned agencies and
EMC
Construction Period
Report every day
Field site inspectors
EMC/PIU/EPB / Site weekly report, SRS
monthly report
Construction Period
Report every day, week, and
month
Contracting party
EMC/PIU/EPB / Site weekly report, SRS
monthly report
Construction Period
Report every season
Contracting party
To PIU /
Report if required by
organizations involved in the
Project
Construction Period
Report half a year
Contracting party
EMC/PIU/EPB /
Completion of
Construction Period
Reinstate the temporary
construction land, and remove all
construction materials and equipments
Contracting party
EMC/PIU/EPB Contracting
party /
Completion of
Construction Period
Trees need to be cut for the pipe network
must be replanted
Contractor PIUs Contracting
party At least plant
one for one cut
Operation Period
/
After completion of
the construction, namely one year after
reinstatement of the temporary construction
land
Operator, EPB PIU /
No unconformity is reported, claim for the
balance payment
/
Summarize experiences of the Project for similar projects
Operator, EPB / /
Standardize the process and attend the
training course organized by intermediate agency, and
show the results and benefits of
the Project
191
12.3.3 Detailed Environment Monitoring Requirements
Refer to Appendix 4 for detailed environment monitoring plan and budget of
the Project, and refer to Appendix 5 for environment monitoring plan of project
associated project Xiangxiang Quanhu Urban Garbage Landfill.
12.4 Environment Management Expenses Estimate and Source of
Funds
12.4.1 Budget Allocation
The implementation of EMP measures involves in many units, and therefore
sources of funds are different. Most environmental protection activities are
engineering measures, and so shall be provided by the construction unit and
operation unit of the Project and included in the engineering costs which shall
be stated and listed in the bid.
The expenses in EMP are manly used for environment management during
the construction period and operation period, including: Environment
monitoring expenses, environment supervision expenses, personnel training
expenses, operation expenses of environment management organization, and
risk prevention expenses. Activity expenses of EMC, water quality, air, and
noise monitoring expenses and the expenses of CSEE shall be included in the
PMO project management expenses. The local environment monitoring
station as entrusted by the Owner shall monitor the water, air, and noise
during operation of the Project at the cost of the owner. If routine monitoring of
local environmental protection department is simultaneous with the Project,
routine monitoring data of the environmental protection department can be
used.
12.4.2 Source of Funds and EMP Budget
Table 12-10 is the summary of environment management expenses during
construction period and operation period of the Project.
192
Table 12-10 Summary of Environment Management Budget of the Project
Annual Average Expenses of the Construction Period (ten thousand Yuan)
Annual Expenses of the Construction Period (ten thousand Yuan)
PMU Operation
PMU�� Name
Salary
Office Expenses
Transportation Expenses
Environment Monitoring
Environment Supervisor
Personnel Environmental Protection Training
Construction Period
Total Expenses of the Construction Period
Salary
Office Expenses
Transportation Expenses
Environment Monitoring
Personnel Environmental Protection Training
Expenses of the Operation Period (3 years)
Total
WWTP
3.6 2 2 0.4 3 36 3 69 3.6 3 2 22 10 101.8
170.8
Source of Funds
PMC
PMC
PMC
PMC
CMSC
TAC / PMC PMC
PMC
PMC
PMC
PMC PMC
PMC
In accordance with the term of the Project and with respect to each
construction period, the annual budget must be assured. Part of the
construction costs in the budget is used as deposit for the construction unit
and operation unit to meet related management requirements. The weights of
deposits for different activities are listed in Table 12-11 as percentage in the
construction contract funds.
Table 12-11 Percentages of Expenses Deposits such as for Environment
Management in the Budget Required by the Construction Party
No. Requirements of Construction
Party Percentage in Project Budget (%) Source of Funds
1 Environmental Protection
Management 0.5
Construction contract fund
2 Labor Organization and
Occupational Health Management
0.5 Construction contract fund
3 Public Safety Management 1 Construction contract fund
4 Social Management 1 Construction contract fund
12.5 Information Management of Environment Management Plan
12.5.1 Information Communication
The environment management requires necessary information communication
193
among different departments and posts of the Project office, owner,
contractor, and operator, as well as disclosing related information to the
outside (concerned parties and social public, etc.). Internal information
communication can be performed by conferences and brief internal report,
etc., however there shall be at least one official conference. All the
communication information shall be recorded and documented. External
information communication shall be performed once half a year or a year, and
information communication with the cooperative unit shall be documented in
the form of minutes.
12.5.2 Record Mechanism
To enable effective operation of the environment management system, the
organization must establish a perfect record system and keep the following
records:
(1) Requirements of laws and regulations;
(2) Permission;
(3) Environment factors and related environmental impact;
(4) Training;
(5) Examination, checking, and maintenance activities;
(6) Monitoring data;
(7) Validity of correction and preventive measures;
(8) Information about concerned parties;
(9) Audit;
(10) Assessment.
Besides, the above records must be properly controlled, including
identification, collection, cataloging, documentation, storage, management,
maintenance, inquiry, storage term, and disposal of the records, etc.
12.5.3 Report Mechanism
The contractor, operation, monitoring unit, environment supervision engineer,
and project office shall record the Project progress and EMP execution during
implementation of the Project and report to concerned departments timely.
Including the following six items:
(1) The environment supervision engineer of the Project shall make detailed
monthly record of execution of the EMP and submit the weekly and monthly
reports, which shall include execution of the environmental protection
194
measures, performance of the environment monitoring, and monitoring data,
to the Owner and Xiangtan Project Office timely.
(2) The contractor and operator shall make detailed quarterly records of
project progress and execution of the EMP and submit the quarterly report to
Xiangtan Project Office and copy to the Xiangtan City Environmental
Protection Bureau.
(3) The monitoring unit shall submit t he monitoring report to the contractor
(operator) and environment supervision engineer timely after completing the
entrusted monitoring tasks.
(4) The Project office shall submit the Project progress report to the Provincial
Project Office timely and copy to the Provincial Environmental Protection
Bureau. The Project progress report prepared by the Project office (such as
the monthly report, quarterly report, and annual report, etc.) must include the
progress of EMP, such as execution progress and effective of EMP, especially
the environment monitoring results, etc.
(5) In case of any violation of regulations with respect to environmental
protection, the environment supervision engineer and project office shall
report to local environmental protection administration and shall report to the
superior level by level.
(6) The annual EMP execution report of the Project must be completed and
submitted to the World Bank before March 31 of the next year. The EMP
execution report may include the following items:
a. Implementation of the training plan;
b. Project progress, such as the length construction progress of the WWTP
and the pipe network.
c. Execution of the environmental protection measures of the Project,
performance of environment monitoring, and main monitoring results;
d. With or without public complaints, and if there is, record the complaint
contents, solution, and public satisfaction;
e. EMP execution plan of next year.
195
13 Conclusions of Environmental Assessment The following conclusions are made based on the environmental impact
assessment of the Project:
(1) The Project construction will improve living environment and basic
facilities, etc. of Yueshan Town. Construction of the WWTP and the matching
projects will change current situation of discharging untreated wastewater into
nearby surface water in the place where the Project is located and will collect
and treat the wastewater through the WWTP to achieve the discharge
standard, which is helpful to protect water quality of the receiving water,
Xinqiaohe River, improve environment sanitation of the place where the
Project is located and greatly improve living condition of the residents, protect
nearby water resources, beautify surrounding environment, establish a more
comfortable and better living environment, improve the quality of living
environment, facilitate the construction of a livable city, and set up a good
environment basis for facilitating urban development.
(2) Construction of the Project is in compliance with national laws and
regulations and the general urban planning and environmental protection
planning of the place where the Project is located, so that implementation of
the Project is policy and regulations based.
(3) Implementation of the Project may involve in some environmental
protection targets (sensitive points), such as residential area, school, and
hospital, etc. During the feasibility study, the site shall be reasonably far from
the environmental protection targets (sensitive points). During the environment
assessment, further reduce and eliminate the adverse impact of the Project on
the environmental protection targets (sensitive points) by such means as
taking mitigation measures and establishing and implementing environment
management plan, and public participation, and enable possible impacts to
comply with national environmental protection laws and regulations and
standards.
(4) Implementation of the Project may also bring some adverse impacts on
surrounding environment. Such adverse impacts may be either from the
construction period or the operation period.
1) Adverse impacts of the construction period: impact of construction fugitive
196
dust on air quality, impact of the noise of construction vehicles and machines
on surrounding environment, impact of construction wastewater, water and
soil losses caused by oil taking, oil dumping, excavation, filling, and temporary
piling of earthwork and stonework during the construction, and impact of
wastewater pipe network laying and construction on the traffic, and vegetation
damage by construction, etc.
2) Adverse impacts of the operation period: impact of the odor out from the
WWTP on the air, impact of slurry disposal, impact of the noises of machine
pump on surrounding environment, and impact of the discharge on Xinqiaohe
River, etc.
(5) Extent and scope of the adverse impacts caused by the Project can be
controlled within the limit allowed by national laws and regulations and
standards by taking mitigation measures, implementing environment
management plan, and public participation and negotiation, etc.
To sum up, implementation of the Project is environmentally feasible after
taking such measures as the mitigation measures, environment management
plan, and public negotiation proposed in the Project.
197
Appendix 1 Environmental Standards for the Project
Table 1.1 Air Quality Evaluation Criteria
No.
Name and Standard Number of Environmental
Quality
Pollutant Sample Time
Secondary Standard and Concentration Limit (mg / �)
Annual average
0.20 Total
suspended particles(TSP) Daily average 0.30
Annual average
0.10 1
GB3095-1996 Ambient Air
Quality Standard Repairable particles (PM10) Daily average 0.15
Ammonia (NH3)
A maximum allowable
concentration 0.20
2
TJ36-79 Hygienic Standards for the
Design of Industrial
Enterprises Hydrogen
sulfide (H2S)
A maximum allowable
concentration 0.0l
Table 1.2 Water Quality Evaluation Criteria Unit: mg /L(pH excluded)
Evaluation Factor Number and Name of Standards
pH
COD
BOD
5 NH3-
N TN
TP
Oil
Number of
Fecal Colifor
m GB3838-
2002"Environmental Quality Standards for
Surface Water" Class IV
6-9
30 6 1.5 1.5
0.3
0.5
20,000/L
Table 1.3 Acoustic Environmental Quality Standards
Time Category of Acoustic Environment Functional Area
Day
Night
GB3096-2008 "Environmental Quality Standard for Noise" Class 2
60 50
Table 1.4 Air Pollutant Emissions Evaluation Criteria
Item and Standard Limit (mg/ m³)
Number and Name of Standards
Pollutant Concentration Limits Monitored from Fugitive
Emission GBl6297-1996 "Integrated Particulate Highest Concentration
198
Standard for Emission of Air Pollutants"
matter Level outside the Perimeter:1.0
Factory Standard Value for Odor Pollutants Pollutants
Class II (new expansion) Ammonia (NH3) 1.5
Hydrogen sulfide (H2S)
0.06
GBl4554-93 "Odor Emission Standards"
Odor concentration(1)
20
Note: (1) Dimensionless.
Table 1.5 Municipal WWTP Emission Standards (GB18918-2002)
Evaluation Factor Type of Pollutants
SS COD
BOD5 NH3-N TP TN
Water pollutants
(daily average mg
/L)
Level 1-B
20 60 20 8 (15) 1 20
Level Ammonia Hydrogen sulfide
Odor concentration (dimensionless)
Methane (maximum density
in factory / %)
Maximum concentration allowable for factory
emission (mg / m³)
Level 2
1.5 0.06 20 1
Control
project
Organic matter
degradation rate
(%)
Organic matter
degradation rate
(%)
Water content
(%)
Organic matter
degradation rate (%)
Worm egg
mortality (%)
Value of fecal
coliform bacteria (per L)
Sludge stabilization
control target
Control target
> 40 > 40 <65 > 50 > 95 > 0.01
Table 1.6 Noise Emission Standards Unit: dB (A)
Number and Name of the Standards
Category Day
Night
GB12348-2008 "Emission Standard for Industrial Enterprises Noise at Boundary"
Class 2 60 50
Construction phase
Main noise source
Day
Night GBl2523-90 "Noise
Limits for Construction Site" Cubic meter
of earth and stone
Dozers, excavators, loaders, etc.
75 55
199
Piling Piling
machines 85
Construction prohibited
Structure
Concrete mixer, vibrator, power saws,
etc.
70 55
Decoration Cranes, lifts,
etc. 65 55
200
Appendix 2 Odor Prediction Model and Results
(1) Computing Model
The odor protection distance model for the Project is the one recommended in
SCREEN 3, which uses the formula in Technical Methods for Developing
Local Air Pollutant Emission Standards.
Atmospheric environmental protection distance is calculated based on
the recommended model in SCREEN 3 in Environmental Impact Assessment
Guidelines - Atmospheric Environment (HJ2.2-2008).
Health protection distance is calculated based on GB/T13201-1991
Technical Methods for Developing Local Air Pollutant Emission Standards,
and the health protection distances for industries and companies are
determined by the following formula:
( ) Dc
m
c LrBLAC
Q 5.0225.01
+=
Where: mC - standard concentration limits, mg/m³;
L - Health protection distance required of industrial enterprises, m;
r - Equivalent radius of production unit where the fugitive source of harmful
gas emissions is located, m;
A , B , C , D - coefficient for health protect distance calculation, with values
referred to Table 5 in GB/T13201-1991;
cQ - Achievable control level of fugitive harmful gas emission from industrial
enterprises, kg / h.
According to GB/T13201-1991, the maximum health protection distance
required of industrial enterprises with fugitive emission of several harmful
gases is calculated as per m
c
C
Q. When the results of
m
c
C
Q calculated for two or
more of the harmful gases are on the same level, the level of health protection
distance for this industrial enterprise shall be raised by one level. Where the
health protection distance is within 100 m, the difference between two closest
levels is 50 m, and if more than 100 m but less than or equal to 1,000 m, the
difference is 100m.
(2) Fugitive Emission of Odor
201
Compared WWTPs of similar scale in China, the fugitive emission of
obnoxious gas for this project is developed as in Table 2.1, with calculation
parameters for health protection distance shown in Table 2.2.
Table 2.1 Fugitive Emissions of Malodorous Gases
Name of pollutants H2S NH3
Emissions (kg / h) 0.0036 0.006
Table 2.1 Calculation Parameters for Protection Distance
Emission Rate (kg / h)
Location
NH3 H2S
Length of Nonpoint
Source (m)
Width of Nonpoint Source (m)
Area of Nonpoint Source
(�)
Standard Values
(mg / m³)
Sludge treatment
area
0.006
0.0036
43 13 559 NH3: 0.2; H2S: 0.01
(3) Determining Health Protection Distance
� Protection Distance for Atmospheric Environment
The protection distance of atmospheric environment is calculated for this
project as per the model recommended in SCREEN 3 in "Guidelines for
Environmental Impact Assessment - Atmospheric Environment" (HJ2.2-2008).
The results are shown in Table 2.3.
Table 2.3 Calculated Results of Atmospheric Environmental protection
Distance
Location Name of
Pollutants Standard Values (mg /
m³) Results
NH3 No excessive
point Sludge treatment area
H2S
NH3: 0.2; H2S: 0.01 No excessive
point
Table 3 shows that the NH3 and H2S calculated as per the atmospheric
environmental protection model exhibit no excessive points. Therefore, no
atmospheric environmental protection distance needs to be set.
� Health Protection Distance
Calculations done as per the formula in GB/T13201-1991 Technical Methods
for Developing Local Air Pollutant Emission Standards are shown in Table 2.4.
202
Table 2.4 Calculated Results of Atmospheric Environmental protection
Distance
Location Name of Pollutants Standard Values (mg /
m³) Results
NH3 1.7 Sludge treatment area
H2S NH3: 0.2; H2S: 0.01
29.1
After calculation, the health protection distances for the fugitive emissions of
NH3 and H2S are 1.7m and 29.1m respectively. According to Technical
Methods for Developing Local Air Pollutant Emission Standards, the health
protection distance for this project is 50 m. The protection distances for the
factory boundaries are shown in Table 2.5.
Table 2.5 Protection Distances for Factory Boundaries
Factory Boundaries
East Boundary
West Boundary
South Boundary
North Boundary
Protection Distance (m)
0 45 24 37
203
Appendix 3 Materials Related to Public Participation
3.1 Information Disclosure
Under the Environmental Impact Assessment Law and the Provisional
Measure for Public Participating in Environmental Impact Assessment, the
environmental evaluator and the constructor put up the first public notice
announcing the Project in sensitive points (Xinqiao Village, Hongyang Village,
Bailong Village, Town Government, Xianfeng Middle School, Central Hospital,
and the town area) on August 18, 2011 (publicity period: August 19 - 28,
2011). Brochures were handed out on the sites. The photos in Figure 1 show
the public notice.
Under the Environmental Impact Assessment Law and the Provisional
Measure for Public Participating in Environmental Impact Assessment when
the Environmental Impact Report was completed, the environmental evaluator
and the constructor put up the first public notice announcing the Project in
sensitive points (Xinqiao Village, Hongyang Village, Bailong Village, Town
Government, Xianfeng Middle School, Central Hospital, and the town area) on
October 21, 2011 (publicity period: October 21 - 30, 2011). Brochures were
handed out on the sites. The photos in Figure 1 show the public notice.
Figure 3.1 Public Notices on Site
3.2 Meeting Minutes
(1) Date: October 20, 2011
(2) Venue: meeting Room, Third Floor, Yueshan Town Government
(3) Contents of the meeting: public participation in environmental protection
for WB Loans Yueshan Town Project
204
(4) Attendees: 20 people, including members of the relevant stations, offices
and institutes, experts from the environmental protection sector, parties
secretaries of Xinqiao Village and Hongyang Village committees, villager
representatives of Yingxiong Ridge and environmental evaluators.
(5) Moderator: Li Bosheng (Mayor of Yueshan Town)
(6) Clerk: Peng Xiaohua (Yueshan Town Office)
(7) Meeting Agenda:
I. Moderator introduces all the participants and hands out simplified versions
of the Project report and questionnaires.
II. Moderator introduces the Project status.
III. Environmental evaluators describe environmental impact and control
measures.
IV. Participants address the meeting (comments or suggestions on for the
feasibility of pollution preventive measures).
V. Environmental evaluators and constructors respond to the comments and
suggestions raised by the participants and initiate discussions.
VI. Meeting concludes.
(8) Minutes of the meeting are as follows:
The attendees were briefed about the Project status, potential environmental
impacts, and environmental protection measures and investment. Discussions
were held about the factors that might have impact on the surrounding
environment. A summary of the meeting is as follows:
First, the participants agreed that the Project's environmental protection
measures to be taken were technically reliable and economically feasible and
pollutant discharge in compliance with standards. Participants supported the
Project and believed that the Project would help promote local economic and
social developments. At the same time, there was also a need to protect the
environment and step up control measures during the construction and
operations and alleviate adverse impact of the Project on the environment.
Second, the participants raised a few questions and suggestions, to which the
constructors and environmental evaluators responded as follows:
1. How to Address the Noise Nuisance?
Constructors and environmental evaluators explained: noise control measures
would be implemented in strict accordance with the relevant provisions
205
through reasonable scheduling of construction to meet the requirements and
avoid disturbing the residents.
2. How to Address Construction Dust?
Constructors and environmental evaluators explained: construction zones
would be demarcated and the sites would be regularly sprinkled with water to
suppress the dust. Earth and stone on the dumping site would be removed
soon as possible, and construction materials would not be stockpiled for a
long time. Works would be suspended on windy days. Roads would be
hardened and sprinkled with water to minimize the dust impact.
3. How to Address the Odor during Operation?
Constructors and environmental evaluators explained: safety management
would be strengthened during operation and the floor plan would be arranged
in reasonable way to improve greening to minimize the generation and impact
of odor.
4. How to Dispose of the Sludge?
Constructors and environmental evaluators explained: in accordance with the
relevant national regulatory requirements, sludge would be concentrated and
dehydrated before transported to the landfill where it would be buried.
5. The Moderator summarized the points: the Project was a good, tangible
thing the government was trying to do for the people. The attendees
unanimously supported the Project while the constructors needed to address
the environmental concerns of the nearby residents and prevent pollution
accidents.
Third, during the meeting, the constructors promised to put in place proactive
measures of environmental governance, reduce emissions, conserve
resources and energy and contribute to the local economic and social
developments.
206
Figure 3.2 Meeting Photos
3.3 Public Participation Survey
Two rounds of surveys have been conducted through questionnaires.
3.3.1 First Round of Survey
In the first round of the survey, 50 questionnaires (40 for individuals and 10 for
business entities) were handed out by evaluators and constructors in August
18-19, 2011, to people who were likely to be affected, mainly residents of the
villages and entities near the Project. While questionnaires were distributed,
respondents were briefed about nature, scale and investment of the Project
and the main pollutants resulted from the Project construction and operation,
and asked to offer comments and suggestions on prevention and control
measures. Respondents were told to complete the questionnaires in their sole
discretion.
In the survey, 50 questionnaires were distributed and 50 valid questionnaires
were collected (40 for individual and 10 for entities). The recovery rate was
100%. Survey statistics are shown in Table 3.1 and Table 3.2.
207
Table 3.1 Overview of the Respondents in the First Survey
Item Responden
ts Proportion of Total Respondents (%)
Male 40 80 Sex
Female 10 20 30 years old 15 30
30-50 years old 32 64 Age
50 years old 3 6 Junior high school and
below 8 16
High school or technical school
5 10
University and above 32 64
Education
Other 5 10
208
Table 3.2 Results and Analysis of the First Survey
Questions Answers Responden
ts Ratio (%)
Yes 28 56 A little 22 44 Are you aware of the Project
No 0 0 Get reasonable
economic compensation
30 60
Get some land in return 20 40
Regarding the land acquisition for the Project, I would like to
Stop the acquisition 0 0 Serious 0 0
Considerable 0 0 Average 23 46
Insignificant 27 54
The impact of the Project on the environment is
Uncertain 0 0 Help utilize local
resources 11 22
Help protect the local environment
12 24
Improve the quality of life for local people
27 54
Reduce the quality of life
0 0
The construction of the Project will
Cause serious pollution of the local
environment 0 0
Noise 20 40 Dust 15 30
Land temporarily occupied by the Project
0 0
Traffic congestion caused by construction
vehicles 0 0
Construction safety issues
5 10
Increased employment opportunities
10 20
During the construction, which of the following problem (s) will
affect your life?
Other 0 0 Noise 5 10
Exhaust 25 50 Solid waste 20 40 Wastewater 0 0
When the Project is completed, which of the following issue (s)
will affect your life?
Environmental health 5 10 Yes 50 100 No 0 0
Will the Project promote regional economic development?
I don’t know 0 0 Very much in favor 39 79
209
Very much in favor 39 79
Supportive 11 21 What is your attitude toward the Project?
Against 0 0
3.3.2 Second Round of Survey
In the second round of the survey, 50 questionnaires (40 for individuals and
10 for business entities) were handed out by evaluators and constructors in
August 18-19, 2011, after the meeting was concluded, to the attendees,
people and entities who were likely to be affected. While questionnaires were
distributed, respondents were briefed about nature, scale and investment of
the Project, the main pollutants resulted from the Project construction and
operation, control approaches and treatment, means of discharge and
predicted impact on the environment and asked to offer comments and
suggestions on prevention and control measures. Respondents were told to
complete the questionnaires in their sole discretion.
In the survey, 50 questionnaires were distributed and 50 valid questionnaires
were collected (40 for individual and 10 for entities). The recovery rate was
100%. Survey statistics are shown in Table 3.3 and Table 3.4.
Table 3.3 Overview of the Respondents in the Second Survey
Item Responden
ts Proportion of Total Respondents (%)
Male 40 80 Sex
Female 10 20 30 years old 15 30
30-50 years old 32 64 Age
50 years old 3 6 Junior high school and
below 8 16
High school or technical school
5 10
University and above 32 64
Education
Other 5 10
Table 3.4 Results and Analysis of the Second Survey
Questions Answers Responden
ts Ratio (%)
Yes 28 56 A little 22 44 Are you aware of the Project
No 0 0
210
Serious 0 0 Considerable 0 0
Average 23 46 Insignificant 27 54
The impact of the Project on the environment is
Uncertain 0 0 Help utilize local
resources 11 22
Help protect the local environment
12 24
Improve the quality of life for local people
27 54
Reduce the quality of life
0 0
The construction of the Project will
Cause serious pollution to the local
environment 0 0
Yes 50 100 No 0 0
Are the noise and dust control measures feasible during the
Project construction? Not sure 0 0 Yes 50 100 No 0 0
Are the sludge and odor control measures feasible after completion
and during the operation? Not sure 0 0 Yes 50 100 No 0 0
Will the Project promote regional economic development?
I don’t know 0 0 Very much in favor 39 79
Supportive 11 21 What is your attitude toward the
Project? Against 0 0
211
Sample Form of the First Public Participation Survey
Public Participation Questionnaire (for individuals)
Project
Hunan Integrated
Economic Development
Demonstration Town
Project (Yueshan Town
Subproject, Xiangxiang
City) Utilizing WB Loans
Construction Site Yueshan Town,
Xiangxiang City
Project profile:
The Project involves two major parts, the WWTP and supporting facilities and
the farmers market in Yueshan Town, Xiangxiang City. The Project also includes
urban software constructions. The proposed site for Yueshan WWTP is in
Yingxiong Ridge Group, Xinqiaohe Village, Yueshan Town, Xiangxiang. It covers
an area of 1,0193 � with designed capacity of 6,000 m³/ d which is to be
completed in two phases. This construction delivers 3,000m³/ d, including the
WWTP and its supporting networks serving the central areas of Yueshan Town
within 2.03 k� in the short term and 3.22 k� in the long term. The Yueshan
Farmers Market is located in Pukou Group, Xinqiao Village and covers an area
of 12 mu with a total construction area of 6,000 �, including market stalls 3,000
�, shops 2,100 �, management space 200 � and power stations, pump rooms,
refuse collection points, public rest rooms and other facilities 500 �, in addition
to 15 parking spaces. The soft environment mainly includes seminars, exchange
of experience, study tours and technical training for farmers.
The construction of the Project will have certain impact on the environment and
the residents, as there will be emissions, noise and disturbance with the ecology.
The waste gas and noise are resulted from construction vehicles and machinery,
and their impact will be minimized by installing mufflers and noise reduction and
exhaust purification devices. Strict environmental management will put in place
during construction to control the noise and dust, and effective measures will be
implemented to prevent safety and environmental issues.
After completion of the Project, vehicle exhaust, domestic wastewater,
wastewater from the market, equipment noise, trading noise, domestic waste,
wastewater sludge and market waste. Wastewater will be discharged through
212
the pipelines to the wastewater plant where it will be treated, solid waste will be
collected and transported to the urban waste transfer station, sludge will be
dewatered and transported out of the town in closed containers, and noise will
be minimized with mufflers and other installations. Pollutants generated by the
Project can be discharged in compliance with the standards and will not have
significant impact on the environment. We would like to know your attitude
towards this project as well as your comments. Please make the following
choices and leave your comments and suggestions based on your knowledge
and opinions.
Name Zhou
Wenf
ei
Sex Male Ethnic
Identit
y
Han Educ
ation
Junio
r high
scho
ol
Age 42
Family
Size �
3 Number of
Staff
2 Occu
patio
n
Agric
ulture
Cont
act
1378
7321
029
Addres
s
Yingxiong Group (No.), Xinqiao Village (Street), Yueshan Town
(Township), Xiangxiang County
Main
source
of
income
� Growing
plants
�
Growing
livestock
or fish
� Industrial
companies or
mining
�
Migrant
worker
� Other
1. Are you aware of the Project? � Yes � A
little
� No
2. Regarding the land acquisition
for the Project, I would like to:
� Get
reasonable
economic
compensation
� Get
land in
return
� Stop the
acquisition
3. The impact of the Project on the environment is:
� serious; � considerable; � average; � insignificant � uncertain
4. The Project will:
� help utilize local resources; � help protect the local environment; � improve
the quality of life for local people; � reduce the quality of life; � cause serious
213
pollution the local environment
5. During the construction, which of the following problem (s) will affect your life?
� Noise; � Dust; � Land temporarily occupied by the Project; � Traffic
congestion caused by construction vehicles; � Construction safety issues; �
Increased employment opportunities; � Other.
6. When the Project is completed, which of the following issue (s) will affect your
life?
�Noise; � Exhaust; � Solid waste; � Wastewater; � Environmental health.
7. Will the Project promote regional economic development?
� Yes; � No; � I don’t know.
8. What is your attitude toward the Project? (if against, please state why)
� Very much in favor; � Supportive; � Against
Other suggestions and requests
Operator Li Shuyuan Date of Survey August 28,
2011
214
Public Participation Questionnaire (for entities)
Project
Hunan Integrated Economic
Development Demonstration
Town Project (Yueshan Town
Subproject, Xiangxiang City)
Utilizing WB Loans
Construction Site
Yueshan
Town,
Xiangxiang
City
Project profile:
A total investment of 5637.4 yuan is put into building the Project. The
construction includes: �WWTP in Yueshan Town, Xiangxiang and supporting
facilities. The Yueshan WWTP is located in Xinqiaohe Village, Yueshan,
Xiangxiang, and covers an area of 10193 � (or 15.29 mu), with a capacity of
10,000 m³/ d constructed in two phases. This construction will deliver 5,000 m³/
d supported by 13,520 m of urban wastewater pipelines. This wastewater
treatment plan only receives domestic wastewater water, industrial wastewater
whose quality is comparable with domestic wastewater water or pretreated
industrial wastewater in compliance with national standards and suitable to be
treated together with domestic wastewater water. Wastewater will be treated
and discharged into the Xinqiaohe River. According to the plan, wastewater from
central areas of the Yueshan Town will be collected. � Research in small town
industrial development and economic development plan for Yueshan Town will
be made. � Programs will be made to enhance project management and
monitoring capacity. Project managers will be organized for training and study
tours to improve levels of urban management and construction project
management. The construction period starts in July 2012 and ends in June
2014. Currently, construction preparations are in progress.
The construction of the Project will have certain impact on the environment and
the residents, as there will be emissions, noise and disturbance with the
ecology. The waste gas and noise are resulted from construction vehicles and
machinery, and their impact will be minimized by installing mufflers and noise
reduction and exhaust purification devices. Strict environmental management
will put in place during construction to control the noise and dust, and effective
measures will be implemented to prevent safety and environmental issues.
After completion of the Project, vehicle exhaust, domestic wastewater,
215
wastewater from the market, equipment noise, trading noise, domestic waste,
wastewater sludge and market waste. Wastewater will be discharged through
the pipelines to the wastewater plant where it will be treated, solid waste will be
collected and transported to the urban waste transfer station, sludge will be
dewatered and transported out of the town in closed containers, and noise will
be minimized with mufflers and other installations. Pollutants generated by the
Project can be discharged in compliance with the standards and will not have
significant impact on the environment. We would like to know your attitude
towards this project as well as your comments. Please make the following
choices and leave your comments and suggestions based on your knowledge
and opinions.
Entity Yueshan Rural Credit Cooperative, Xiangxiang
(Common Seal)
Nature
of
Entity
Enterprise Staff 25 Contact
Addres
s
Xinqiao Village, Yueshan Town
(township), Xiangxiang County
Telephone 0731-
56540248
1. Are you aware of the Project? � Yes � A little � No
2. Regarding the land acquisition
for the Project, I would like to:
� Get
reasonable
economic
compensati
on
� Get land in
return
� Stop the
acquisition
3. The impact of the Project on the environment is:
� serious; � considerable; � average; � insignificant � uncertain
4. The Project will:
� help utilize local resources; � help protect the local environment; � improve
the quality of life for local people; � reduce the quality of life; � cause serious
pollution the local environment
5. During the construction, which of the following problem (s) will affect your life?
� Noise; � Dust; � Land temporarily occupied by the Project; � Traffic
congestion caused by construction vehicles; � Construction safety issues; �
216
Increased employment opportunities; � Other.
6. When the Project is completed, which of the following issue (s) will affect your
life?
�Noise; � Exhaust; � Solid waste; � Wastewater; � Environmental health.
7. Will the Project promote regional economic development?
� Yes; � No; � I don’t know.
8. What is your attitude toward the Project? (if against, please state why)
� Very much in favor; � Supportive; � Against
Other suggestions and requests
Operator Date of Survey September 1, 2011
217
Sample Form of the Second Public Participation Survey
Public Participation Questionnaire (for individuals)
Project
Hunan Integrated
Economic Development
Demonstration Town
Project (Yueshan Town
Subproject, Xiangxiang
City) Utilizing WB Loans
Construction Site Yueshan Town,
Xiangxiang City
Project Profile:
In order to further promote Yueshan’s healthy and sustainable development of
economy and society, improve the quality of living environment in the town and
address the insufficient funds for infrastructure construction, in line with World
Bank loans’ purpose "to improve the environment and promote sustainable
development" and the realities of Yueshan Town, and based on the on-site
surveys conducted by experts from provincial, municipal and local development
and reform commissions, decisions have been made to step up the construction
of integrated economic development demonstration town project to allow
continued, fast economic and social developments of Yueshan Town. The Project
aims to improve urban infrastructure, public services and investment environment,
enhance fast economic growth, protect people’s well-being, and build a solid
foundation for the coordinated, sustained and steady development of Yueshan’s
economy and society. With thorough and careful investigations of the town, the
Yueshan People’s Government has chosen Xinqiaohe Village, Yueshan Town,
Xiangxiang City, as the Project site, which covers an area of 1,0193 � (or 15.29
mu), with a total investment of 56.374 million yuan, including a WWTP and
supporting pipe networks that serve the urban area of Yueshan Town.
The construction of the Project will have certain impact on the environment and
the residents, as there will be emissions, noise and disturbance with the ecology.
The waste gas and noise are resulted from construction vehicles and machinery,
and their impact will be minimized by installing mufflers and noise reduction and
exhaust purification devices. Strict environmental management will put in place
during construction to control the noise and dust, and effective measures will be
implemented to prevent safety and environmental issues.
218
After completion of the Project, vehicle exhaust, domestic wastewater, wastewater
from the market, equipment noise, trading noise, domestic waste, wastewater
sludge and market waste. Wastewater will be discharged through the pipelines to
the wastewater plant where it will be treated, solid waste will be collected and
transported to the urban waste transfer station, sludge will be dewatered and
transported out of the town in closed containers, and noise will be minimized with
mufflers and other installations. Pollutants generated by the Project can be
discharged in compliance with the standards and will not have significant impact
on the environment. We would like to know your attitude towards this project as
well as your comments. Please make the following choices and leave your
comments and suggestions based on your knowledge and opinions.
Nam
e
Liu
Jingyan
g
Se
x
Mal
e
Ethnic
Identit
y
Han Educatio
n
Technic
al
school
Age 32
Famil
y
Size
5 Number
of Staff 4
Occupati
on
Govern
ment
official
Mobil
e
1387
3246
658
Addre
ss
Tanmenkou Group (No.), Xinqiao Village (Street), Yueshan Town
(township), Xiangxiang County
Main
source
of
incom
e
� Growing
plants
�
Growin
g
livestoc
k or
fish
� Industrial
companies or
mining
� Migrant
worker
� Other
1. Are you aware of the
Project?
� Yes � A little � No
2. The harm of the Project causes to the environment is:
� serious; � considerable; � average; � insignificant � uncertain
3. The Project will:
� help utilize local resources; � help protect the local environment; � improve
the quality of life for local people; � reduce the quality of life; � cause serious
pollution the local environment
219
4. Are the noise and dust control measures feasible during the Project
construction?
� Yes; � No; � I don’t know.
5. Are the sludge and odor control measures feasible after completion and during
the operation?
� Yes; � No; � I don’t know.
6. Will the Project promote regional economic development?
� Yes; � No; � I don’t know.
7. What is your attitude toward the Project? (if against, please state why)
� Very much in favor; � Supportive; � Against
Other suggestions and requests
When the Project is completed, operating cost and model shall be identified to
ensure that the Project functions to improve urban environment and people’s
quality of life and promote the town’s economic development.
Operator Liu Shuai Date of Survey October 20, 2011
220
Public Participation Questionnaire (for entities)
Project
Hunan Integrated Economic
Development Demonstration Town
Project (Yueshan Town Subproject,
Xiangxiang City) Utilizing WB Loans
Construction Site
Yueshan
Town,
Xiangxian
g City
Project profile:
To further promote the healthy sustainable development of social economy of
Yueshan Town, to improve township residential environment quality and to
change the insufficient status of funds for basic facilities, Yueshan Town
decides, according to the purpose of World Bank (“WB”) Loans “to improve the
environment and to keep sustainable development”, to use the WB loans to
quicken the construction of Hunan Integrated Economic Development
Demonstration Town Project and to practically promote the fast development of
social economy of Yueshan Town, on the base of reality and upon the site
survey carried out by the development and reform departments of the province,
the city and the town and by experts. The construction of the Project aims at
raising the level of urban basic facilities of Yuehsan Town, strengthening public
service function, improving investment environment, boosting swift economic
growth of Yueshan Town and ensuring people living and working in peace and
contentment, so as to lay a sound foundation for the all-around, harmonious,
sustainable and steady development of social economic environment of
Yueshan Town. With thorough and careful investigations of the town, the
Yueshan People’s Government has chosen Xinqiaohe Village, Yueshan Town,
Xiangxiang City, as the Project site, which covers an area of 12.8 mu), including
a WWTP and supporting pipe networks serving the urban area of Yueshan
Town.
The construction of the Project will have certain impact on the environment and
the residents, as there will be emissions, noise and disturbance with the
ecology. The waste gas and noise are resulted from construction vehicles and
machinery, and their impact will be minimized by installing mufflers and noise
reduction and exhaust purification devices. Strict environmental management
will put in place during construction to control the noise and dust, and effective
measures will be implemented to prevent safety and environmental issues.
221
After completion of the Project, vehicle exhaust, domestic wastewater,
wastewater from the market, equipment noise, trading noise, domestic waste,
wastewater sludge and market waste. Wastewater will be discharged through
the pipelines to the wastewater plant where it will be treated, solid waste will be
collected and transported to the urban waste transfer station, sludge will be
dewatered and transported out of the town in closed containers, and noise will
be minimized with mufflers and other installations. Pollutants generated by the
Project can be discharged in compliance with the standards and will not have
significant impact on the environment. We would like to know your attitude
towards this project as well as your comments. Please make the following
choices and leave your comments and suggestions based on your knowledge
and opinions.
Entity Yueshan Town Central Township
(Common Seal)
Nature
of
Entity
Sta
ff
5
0
Contact
Addres
s
Xinqiao Village, Yueshan Town Mobile 13786226
67
1. Are you aware of the Project? �
Yes
� A little � No
2. The impact of the Project on the environment is:
� serious; � considerable; � average; � insignificant � uncertain
3. The Project will:
� help utilize local resources; � help protect the local environment; � improve
the quality of life for local people; � reduce the quality of life; � cause serious
pollution the local environment
4. During the construction, are the measures to control noise and dust feasible?
� Yes; � No; � I don’t know.
5. When the Project is completed, are the measures to control sludge and odor
during operations feasible?
� Yes; � No; � I don’t know.
6. Will the Project promote regional economic development?
222
� Yes; � No; � I don’t know.
7. What is your attitude toward the Project? (if against, please state why)
� Very much in favor; � Supportive; � Against
Other suggestions and requests
Operator Yan Han Date of Survey October
20, 2011
223
Sign-in Sheet for Public Participation Meeting
Meeting on Hunan Integrated Economic Development Demonstration Town Project (Yueshan Town Subproject,
Xiangxiang City) Utilizing WB Loans Sign-in Sheet
No
. Name Sex
Ethnic
Identit
y
Education Company (occupation) or Address Contact Signature
1 Li Bosheng Male Han University Mayor, Yuanshan People's Government
2 Gao Aichao Male Han Technical
School
Linnian Station, Yueshan 138732337
03
Li Bosheng
3 Chen Jianjun Male Han High School Xinqiao Village, Yueshan 139732997
66
Gao Aichao
4 Wang Shulin Male Han High School Xinqiao Village, Yueshan 138732212
53
Chen Jianjun
5 Wu Zhongyi Male Han High School Xinqiao Village, Yueshan 156162821
81
Wang Shulin
6 Chen Zhi Male Han High School Xinqiao Village, Yueshan 132373251
29
Wu Zhongyi
7 Liu Jingyang Male Han Junior College Yueshan Urban Planning Office 138732466
58
Chen Zhi
224
8 Male Han Junior College Yueshan Urban Planning Office 137862319
18
Liu Jingyang
9 Male Han High School Xinqiao Village, Yueshan 139732240
78
10 Zhong Mengqi Femal
e
Han High School Xinqiao Village, Yueshan 135740518
28
11 Peng Xiaohua Male Han Bachelor’s
Degree
Town Hall, Yuanshan 137862613
87
Zhong Mengqi
12 Yang Jian Male Han High School Environmental Protection Station, Yueshan 137893233
90
Peng Xiaohua
13 Zhou Zhaohui Male Han High School Qingqiao Village, Yueshan 132013271
78
Yang Jian
14 Liao Zhijun Male Han High School Yueshan Town 158732983
75
Zhou Zhaohui
15 Peng
Chuanyang
Male Han High School Yueshan Town 130551537
88
Liao Zhijun
16 Male Han Junior College 137893266
58
Peng
Chuanyang
17 Chen Yi Male Han Junior College Farmer, Yueshan Town
225
18 Liu Wenhua Male Han Master’s
Degree
World Bank Provincial PMO 138731391
89
Chen Yi
19 Tang Guirong Femal
e
Han Master’s
Degree
Changsha Environmental Protection Career
Technical College
139758004
49
Liu Wenhua
20 Wu Zhongwei Male Han Master’s
Degree
Changsha Environmental Protection Career
Technical College
180038139
95
Tang Guirong
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
226
Appendix 4 Planning and Detail Budget of Project Environmental Monitoring
Schedule 4 Planning and Detail Budget of Environmental Monitoring of the WWPT of Yueshan Town Project
Monitoring Period
Environmental Factor
Distribution of Monitoring Stations (Quantity)
Monitoring Item
Monitoring Frequency
Unit Price (RMB/Period)
Annual Cost (RMB/Year)
Period Cost (RMB)
Total (RMB)
Monitored by
Ambient Air
4 Monitoring Stations: Xinqiao Village, Hongyang Village, Central Hospital and Xianfeng Middle School
TSP
4 Periods/Year, 2 Days/Period, and 1 Time/Day
480 1920 5760 Construction Period (3 Years)
Water Quality
I Monitoring Station: Wastewater Collection Poor on the Construction Spot
pH, Suspensions, Petroleum
4 Periods/Year, 1 Day/Period, and 1 Time/Day
130 520 1560
13080
Xiangxaing City Environmental Monitoring Station
227
Noise
4 Monitoring Stations: Xinqiao Village, Hongyang Village, Central Hospital and Xianfeng Middle School
LeqdB (A)
4 Periods/Year, 1 Day/Period, and 2 Times/Day (Once each during Daytime and Night)
480 1920 5760
Subtotal (RMB) 4360 6800
Ambient Air
6 Monitoring Stations: Xinqiao Village, Hongyang Village, and 4 Boundaries of the WWTP
Density of H2S, NH3 and Odor
4 Periods/Year, 1 Day/Period, and 4 Times/Day
15840 63360 190080 Operation Period (3 years)
Water Quality
1 Monitoring Station: General Outlet of the WWTP, the 800m lower reaches of the outlet, and the 2000m lower reaches of the outlet
pH, DO, COD, BOD5, NH3-N, TP, TN, SP, Oil and grease, Petroleum, Chroma and Fecal Coliform
3 Periods/Year and Once Each during Dry, Wet and Normal Water Seasons, 3 Days/Period and 1 Time/Day
4620 18480 55440
256740
228
Noise
6 Monitoring Stations: Xinqiao Village, Hongyang Village, and 4 Boundaries of the WWTP
LeqdB (A)
4 Periods/Year, 1 Day/Period, and 2 Times/Day (Once each during Daytime and Night)
720 2880 8640
Sludge
1 Monitoring Station: Sludge Discharged from Sludge Pool
Heavy Metals (As, Hg, Pb, Cr, Cd, Cu)
2 Pperiods/Year, 1 Day/Period, and 1 Time/Day
430 860 2580
Subtotal (RMB) 85520 256740
total (RMB) 269820
229
Appendix 5 Project Associated Works (Environmental Monitoring Plan of Quanhu Garbage Disposal
Plant, Xiangxaing City)
Chart 5 Environmental Monitoring Plan of Quanhu Garbage Disposal Plant, Xiangxaing City
Monitoring Period
Environmental Factor
Distribution of Monitoring Stations (Quantity)
Monitoring Item
Monitoring Frequency
Monitored by
Unit Price (RMB/Period)
Annual Cost (RMB/Year)
Period Cost (RMB)
Total (RMB)
Ambient Air
3 Monitoring Stations: 1 Spot at the upper Drift of the Annual Leading Wind and 2 at the down Wind of the Annual Leading Wind
Particles, Odor Strength, Ammonia, H2S and CH4
4 Periods/Year, 1 Day/Period, and 4 Times/Day
12560 50240 150720 Operation Period (3 years)
Noise Noise with the Site Boundary (2 Spots)
LeqdB (A)
4 Periods/Year, 1 Day/Period, and 2 Times/Day (Once Each during Daytime and Night)
Qualified Monitoring Organizations
240 960 2880
239460 (Paid by the owner of the garbage disposal plant and not included in the project expenses)
230
Ground Water
At the Wells dug by the Villagers with Undefined Spots
NH3-N, pH, COD and Unionized Ammonia
3 Periods/Year and Once Each during Dry, Wet and Normal Water Seasons, 1 Day/Period and 1 Time/Day
5880 17640 52920
Sludge Sampling within the Site
pH, Organic Matters, Water content, Total Zn, Total Cu, Total Pb, Total Cd, Total Hg, Total As and Total Cr
3 Periods/Year, 1 Day/Period, and 3 Times/Day
2400 7200 21600
Leachate
Outlet of the Leachate Disposal Facility (One)
Chroma, COD, BOD5, SS, NH3-N, Fecal Coliform, TN and Hexavalent Chromium
3 Periods/Year and Once Each during Dry, Wet and Normal Water Seasons, 1 Day/Period and 1 Time/Day
1260 3780 11340
Subtotal 22340 79820 239460
Total (RMB) 239460
231
Appendix 6 Summary of Project Environmental Management Plan
Schedule 6 Summary of Environmental Management Plan of Yueshan Town WWTP Project
Possible Impact
Mitigation Measures Execution Period
Executed by
Monitored by
Monitoring Factors
Monitoring Frequency
Monitoring Station
Environmental Management Budge (RMB)
/
a. According to the real construction of the project pipe network, it’s designed that the washing of trucks and machines are not carried out in the construction site but in special washing places. b. Regarding to expropriation and relocation, related detail plans shall be provided as soon as the confirmation of the design proposal. And immediate negotiation with the local residents so as to reach harmonious relocation and compensation negotiation; c. Consideration shall be mainly settled on the protection of such sensitive targets as surrounding residents against the construction, and countermeasures about practical pollution prevention and control shall be provided so as to reduce the interference to sensitivity targets; and d. Earthworks shall be balanced and optimized so as to achieve the balance of excavation and filling. It shall be considered first if Earth and stones abandoned can be circulated on the site or in the WWTP; if not, residue shall be cleaned and removed according to required procedures and
Design Period
The Constructor
Xiangxaing City Environmental Protection Bureau
/ / / /
232
delivered to specified disposal location.
Waste Gas
Pipe network Construction
a. it shall be conducted to strengthen management, to construct in a civilized way and to lightly lift and unload construction materials. b. Tarp shall be covered with on the trucks delivering such materials easy to causing dust as lime, sand and stone, cement, etc.; c. The construction site shall be surrounded with colored steel sheets for closed construction; and d. Temporary earthwork yard shall be watered and covered with nets so as to avoid dust emission.
Construction Period
The Constructor
Xiangxaing City Environmental Protection Bureau
TSP
4 Periods/Year, 2 Days/Period, and I Time/Day
4 Monitoring Stations: Xinqiao Village, Hongyang Village, Central Hospital and Xianfeng Middle School
113080 (13080 if including Monitoring Expense)
233
Plant Construction
a. During construction period, transportation management shall be strengthened, with tarp covered on trucks and no overload; B. Roads shall be watered frequently so as to reduce the chances of dust emission and the pollution of dust; c. it’s forbidden to discard construction garbage randomly, especially off the red construction lines; d. The construction site shall be surrounded with colored steel sheets for closed construction; e. Temporary earthwork yard shall be watered and covered with nets so as to avoid dust emission; f. it shall be conducted to strengthen management, to construct in a civilized way and to lightly lift and unload construction materials; g. No overload happens during loading and no drop from truck carrying earth during transportation. Before any traffic leaves the site, dirt and dust on the wheels shall be cleaned off first so as to avoid any scattering on the way; and h. Labor protection of the staff shall be well carried out and an anti-dust mask shall be worn.
234
Wastewater
Pipe network Construction
a. According to the real construction of the project pipe network, it’s designed that the washing of trucks and machines are not carried out in the construction site but in special washing places; b. The construction shall be carried out in other times rather than wet season, if possible; and c. Oil leaked shall be recycled with buckets, poured into waste oil tanks after being collected with special buckets and hand over waste oil reclamation depot; and waste oil dropped on the earth shall be cleaned with cotton.
pH, Suspensions, Petroleum
4 Periods/Year, 1 day/Period, and 1 Time/Day
I Monitoring Station: Wastewater Collection Poor on the Construction Spot
235
Plant Construction
a. Plant construction organization shall build a depositing reservoir during the construction period so that rain drops and accumulated water can be reused for washing and watering after depositing to the required degree; and b. As for temporary domestic facilities built during the construction period, kitchen wastewater shall be reused for watering the Plant site after removing oil and depositing, and temporary rest rooms shall be installed with dry latrines, the wastes in which shall be cleaned away regularly.
236
Solid Wastes
Pipe network and Site Construction
a. Domestic waste shall be packed with bags, separately collected and be collective cleaned away by the environmental protection department for further disposal; b. The construction site of the WWTP shall be provided with dry latrines which shall be cleaned regularly. Shit shall be reused as agricultural fertilizer after collective gathering; c. Construction garbage shall be separately packed, and if recyclable, those garbage shall be recycled by an appointed personnel and those but if not, those garbage shall be reused to fill the construction site of the WWTP; and d. According to Administration regulations for City Construction Garbage, the Construction organization shall be responsible for the disposal of construction garbage. Before disposal, the organization shall file application to the environmental sanitation department and deliver the garbage via the required transportation line within the required duration. Earthwork residue shall be minimized, reused and harmlessly treated as possible. According to the engineering construction status of the city, those residues shall be first used to fill other construction sites of the city after discussion
/ / /
237
Continue Schedule 6 Summary of Environmental Management Plan of Yueshan Town WWTP Project
Possible Impact
Mitigation Measures Execution Period
Executed by
Monitored by
Monitor Factors
Monitoring Frequency
Monitoring Station
Environmental Management Budge (RMB)
238
Noise
Pipe network Construction
a. During construction, the operation time of construction equipment shall be properly arranged so as to avoid that lots of equipment with high noise may operated at the same time or at night. Night transportation shall be reduced as possible and operation during 2:00-6:00 is forbidden. Construction works required to be carried out at night shall be approved by the related local department first and noise barriers shall be built between the noise source and the sensitive points; b. As for construction on the roads where the school is located, the construction organization shall negotiate with the school first to arrange construction works with high noise carried out during winter and summer vacations, weekends or after-school durations in the construction period as possible and the construction works shall be quickened to shorten construction period and to reduce the interference. Rush construction are carried out during weekends so as to reduce the disturbance to the teaching of the school; and c. As for the construction on the roads where the hospital is located, the construction organization shall negotiate with the hospital and set up moveable noise barriers.
Construction Period
The Constructor
Xiangxaing City Environmental Protection Bureau
LeqdB (A)
4 Periods/Year, 1 Day/Period, and 2 Times /Day (Once Each during Daytime and Night)
4 Monitoring Stations: Xinqiao Village, Hongyang Village, Central Hospital and Xianfeng Middle School
239
Plant Construction
A, The operation time of construction equipment shall be properly arranged, and those equipment with high noise shall not be operated at night; B. Construction works at different periods shall be carried out according to Noise Limits for Construction Sites (GB12523-90) and such measures as setting barriers and using equipment with lower noise shall be taken to strictly control noise during the construction period; c. Equipment with lower noise shall be chosen as possible, such as using hydraulic machines instead of diesel machines and installing mufflers to the mixers; d. The noise of fixed equipment and such machines used for digging and moving earth as bulldozers can be reduced via installing mufflers to the vent pipe and separating vibration parts from the engine; and e. The power-generating machinery are regularly maintained and repaired.
240
Ecological Environment
(1) Yards for discarding earth and residue shall be well selected but it’s better to use up. The engineering is separated into different sections so as to reduce the impact on the sight; (2) Earth digging shall avoid to be carried out in wet season and before the coming of the wet season, the sides formed through digging and filling and by the discarded earth shall be well treated; (3) Drain ditches shall be dug at the surrounding of the yard for discarding earth to avoid water loss and earth erosion. Temporary yards shall be well covered after the completion of the construction; and (4) Environmental protection and monitoring organizations shall be established and special personnel responsible for environmental protection are appointed to strengthen construction management and promotion of environmental protection, to remind people to protect the environment, and to forbid construction personnel from lumbering in a destructive manner; the construction contract shall require the contractor to carry out construction strictly according to construction and expropriation scope and to stack residue at specified places.
/ / /
241
Waste Gas
(1) In view of the stronger odor and the leading wind in summer, main facilities to cause odor such as sludge pool and sludge dewatering chamber are arranged at the down wind or crosswind of the leading wind in summer, via optimizing plant layout, so as to guarantee the sanitation distance to the sensitive points; (2) When the Project is completed and put into operation, production management shall be strengthened, pollution shall be prevented from the sources, every production process emitting odor shall be well controlled and a complete job responsibility system and a monitoring system shall be set up; (3) Safety management shall be conducted. When the Project is completed and put into operation, the personnel shall be trained on accidence disposal and all monitoring equipment shall be regularly maintained so as to make sure successful operation and the monitor and control of odor. When coming into the Pump chamber, the personnel shall pay attention to the aeration so as to avoid excessive accumulation of H2S and NH3 which are harmful to the personnel; (4) Land use shall be well planned. According to the requirements of sanitation protection distance, the planning department shall re-plan the land within the scope and specified that the building of such sensitive points as residential areas, schools, hospitals is forbidden; and (5) Greening shall be reinforced. Since the causing of odor is unavoidable to the WWTP, greening engineering is very important to the improvement of environmental quality and the Plant greening design shall be completed with the construction detail design at the same time. Plant greening is to completely cover all
Operation Period
The Operator
Xiangxaing City Environmental Protection Bureau
Density of H2S, NH3 and Odor
4 Periods/Year, 1 Day/Period, and 1 Time/Day
6 Monitoring Stations: Xinqiao Village, Hongyang Village, and 4 Boundaries of the WWTP
406740 (256740 if including Monitoring Expense)
242
Noise
(1) Low-noise type of equipment shall be selected for such shops with higher noise as the wastewater pump room, the sludge pump room, the blast fan chamber and the sludge dewatering chamber and de-noising measures including damping cushions or flexible joints shall be adopted during the installation; (2) Sound insulation shall be taken to walls, doors and windows between the operation room and equipment room so as to reduce the noise impact to the personnel; (3) The design adopts the principle of sonic distance to reduce the impact of noise. In the general layout, the noise source has the farthest distance to the buildings so as to provide a good work environment for the staff of the WWTP; and (4) To match the engineering construction, high arbors and bushes are planted together to form a mixed shelter belt, greening area within the Plant is widened so as to reach the effect of using vegetation to absorb noise.
Operation Period
The Operator
Xiangxaing City Environmental Protection Bureau
LeqdB (A)
4 Periods/Year, 1 Day/Period, and 2 Times/Day (Once Each during Daytime and Night)
6 Monitoring Stations: Xinqiao Village, Hongyang Village, and 4 Boundaries of the WWTP
243
Appended to Schedule 6 Summary of Environmental Management Plan of Yueshan Town WWTP Project
Possible Impact
Mitigation Measures Execution Period
Executed by
Monitored by
Monitor Factors
Monitoring Frequency
Monitoring Station
Environmental Management Budge
244
Wastewater
(1) Before flowing into the WWTP, industrial wastewater shall be re-treated to meet the standard of Grade III required in Discharge Standard for Municipal Wastewater (CJ18-86) and Integrated Wastewater Discharge Standard (GB8978-1996). And at the mean time, it must be sure that the treatment of the first class pollutants harmful to human health shall be strictly controlled within the shop and discharged into the WWTP after reaching the standard; (2) Wastewater discharged from medical organizations shall reach the related limits of pollutants required on GB18466-2005 Discharge Standard of Water Pollutants for Medical Organizations; (3) The project construction and operation management shall be strengthened so as to guarantee that wastewater treatment facilities and the efficiency reach the standards and requirement designed, that the Project run stably and normally in the long-term and that the tail water is discharged after treatment and reaching the related standards; (4) All environmental management regulations and systems are established and job functional training plans are full executed for the staff on all posts. (5) Equipment maintenance and repairing are well done to reduce and eliminate any malfunction in time so as to avoid wastewater discharged beyond standards and to prevent from restful discharge accidents; (6) Outlet is managed in a standardized manner. Auto measurer of wastewater amount and auto proportional sampling machine are set at the end outlet and there shall be online monitoring equipment for measuring such main water quality indexes
Operation Period
The Operator
Xiangxaing City Environmental Protection Bureau
pH, DO, COD, BOD5, NH3-N, TP, TN, SP, Oil and Grease, Petroleum, Chroma and Fecal Coliform
4 Periods/Year and 1 Period/Quarter, 3 Days/Period and I Time/Day
1 Monitoring Station: General Outlet of the WWTP
245
(1) Solid wastes in the WWTP, especially sludge, cannot be randomly discarded but properly collected, stocked and regularly delivered to garbage filling yard for sanitation filling; (2) It’s forbidden to discharge sludge of the Project to non-special solid waste yards such as surface water and the banks, valleys, low-lying areas, water-eroded caves and farmland; (3) The temporary stock of sludge in the WWTP must be well protected via foundation anti-seepage measures so as to prevent from such loss and secondary pollution as rain leaching and washing and the enrichment and large emission of odor; (4) The WWTP shall properly take the responsibility of sludge treatment, carry out overall management of the production, transportation, stock, treatment and disposal of sludge, compile and conduct regulations, working process and requirements on environmental protection against sludge, establish a special monitoring department or appoint special (or pluralistic) monitoring personnel, guarantee proper disposal of sludge and strictly forbid the pouring, stacking, discarding and scattering of sludge randomly; (5) Sludge treatment shall be carry out in a minimization, stabilization and harmless manner, and sludge treatment facilities shall be planned, constructed and put into operation at the same time with wastewater disposal facilities; (6) A sludge management accounting system and a transportation duplicate-form system shall be established. The WWTP shall set up a sludge management system to Operation The
Xiangxaing City Environmen
Heavy Metals (As,
2 Periods/Year,
1 Monitoring Station: Sludge
246
Continue Schedule 6 Summary of Environmental Management Plan of Yueshan Town WWTP Project
Possible Impact
Mitigation Measures Execution Period
Executed by
Monitored by
Monitor Factors
Monitoring Frequency
Monitoring Station
Environmental Management Budge
Ecological Environment
(1) Plant greening shall take into consideration the combination of arbors, bushes and grass and keep at a certain layered structure. Local species shall be planted as many as possible to reduce the introduction of foreign species, and shall be the first choice when in selection of tree (or grass) species; (2) Management shall be conducted. The Plant shall appoint special people to well carry out greening and management, and set down related regulations to protect greens and the ecological environment; (3) When wastewater pipelines are buried, the ground of the pipeline sections within the town shall be ossified and the ground of the pipeline sections in the field shall be planted with vegetation so as to recover vegetation as much on the bare ground caused by the pipeline construction. Local major grass species shall be chose as greening species. Meanwhile, the important area shall be surrounded with wire nets for in-time management and protection against destruction by cattle, sheep or people; and (4) The management of wastewater pipeline shall be strengthened and regular inspection shall also be carried out to the wastewater pipeline so as to monitor the leakage of the pipeline for taking in-time treatment
Operation Period
The Operator
Xiangxaing City Environmental Protection Bureau
/ / /
247
and to avoid the possible pollution to ground water by the leakage of the wastewater pipeline.
Risk and Protection
(1) The process design shall spare a certain capacity of reflux treatment and buffering in the treatment system and related treatment equipment shall be installed so as to guarantee that the buffering and reflux equipment of the system will be triggered to retreat unqualified water till reaching the standards before discharge in the case that equipment failure may impact the normal operation of the treatment system; (2) Damageable equipment shall be of multiple sets and be provided with enough spare parts for the purpose of maintenance and update. Electromechanical machines of the treatment system shall be of at least two sets, one for operation and one for spare purpose; (3) Equipment of good quality shall be selected. Every machine, electric appliance, instrument and so on installed on the treatment facilities shall be of good quality and low failure rate, meet design requirement, and be suitable for long-term operation and fit for maintenance and repairing; (4) Within the operation period, operators shall strictly carry out job function according to the related regulations of treatment facilities, and take frequent patrol inspection and in-time maintenance and repairing to the equipment, so as to reduce equipment failure rate;
Operation Period
The Operator
Xiangxaing City Environmental Protection Bureau
248
(5) The earthing protection of electric equipment shall be conducted according to related regulations, an auto trip circuit is provided, the operation of major equipment is digitally monitored via a computer which can alarm in time and record event location, event properties and time of occurrence so as to facilitate people organization and in-time repairing; (6) Two-way power provision is adopted to guarantee the normal operation of power facilities and lines; (7) it shall be guarantee at the best that grid and sand depositing pool operate well to reduce the concentration of SS and COD in the water to some degree; (8) Pollution causes are found out from the water catchment system. Related companies shall take emergency measures to control the discharge quantity of substances poisonous to microorganism; (9) In the case that external force majeure factors happen to cause the discharge of wastewater before treatment, part or all of water discharge companies shall be required to stop discharging wastewater in to the pipeline so as to secure water security; (10) During the settlement of accidents incurred, warning marks shall be hung beside the waters close to the outlet so as to notify parties concerned to take preventive measures; (11) Before the operation of the WWTP, its operation and management personnel shall take security and safety education first and safety operation procedures
249
and management systems are established and strictly implemented after the operation. Frequent inspection is required; (12) The design of building shall take into consideration of such sanitation requirements as water discharge, heating and ventilation, and lighting. The places for permanent work shall be provided with air conditional. And the enclosed operation places with bad ventilation shall use mechanical ventilation; (13) Such labor protection appliances as life jackets, lifebuoys, safety belts and safety helmets shall be provide within the Plant. And proper protection facilities shall be provided to the operators working or inspecting in the wells or tunnels so as to avoid poisoning and at least two operators shall be on the spot at the same time; (14) The edges of the paths connected to the pool shall be provided with rails and lightings so as to guarantee the safety of people working beside the pool; (15) The safety protection of all electric appliances shall meet the safety regulations of electric appliances and the earthing protection of high voltage equipment shall be well done; (16) The dangerous parts of machines, such as driving belts, gears and grinding wheels, shall be provided with guarding devices; (17) Dangerous areas within the Plant shall be alarmed by hanging a warning board at the noticeable
250
position, platforms higher than 1.2m shall be provided with protection rails and those places which may cause the enrichment of poisonous harmful gas shall be provided with venting facilities; (18) During each period, according the actual necessity and convenience of use, production sanitation rooms (such as rest rooms, washing rooms and undressing rooms) shall be provided; besides the strengthening of ventilation and the provision of shelter, rest rooms shall also be built for work in construction sections with bad environment and open field. Concentration bathrooms are constructed in the Plant; and (19) Worker who directly deal with wastewater, sludge and domestic waste shall do regular health examination and take regular injection of related vaccines.
251